1IYALE UNIVERSITY!!? >SCHQ0L OF THE FINE ARTS < This book was digitized by Microsoft Corporation in cooperation with Yale University Library, 2008. You may not reproduce this digitized copy ofthe book for any purpose other than for scholarship, research, educational, or, in limited quantity, personal use. You may not distribute or provide access to this digitized copy (or modified or partial versions of it) for commercial purposes. Vol. XXXII, No. 4 WASHINGTON October, 1917 s ¦a ATONAL MI OUR FLAG NUMBER FLAGS symbolize the noble aspira tions and glorious achievements of the human race ; they epitomize the romance of history ; they incarnate the chivalry of the ages. Their origin is divinity itself ; for when, at the beginning of recorded time, Jeho vah made a covenant with man, prom ising that never again would He send the waters to cover the face of the earth and destroy all flesh, He unfurled the first flag — the multihued banner of the rain bow — which he set in the clouds as a symbol of security and an assurance to all future generations of His watchful care. And since that day man has, in his finite way, employed his earthly banners as emblems of faith, of hope, and of high resolve. Around the bits of varicolored bunt ing which the people of each land nom inate as a national flag, there cluster thoughts of loyalty, of patriotism, and of personal sacrifice which have enabled the world to move forward, from the days when each individual struggled for him self alone, like other wild animals of plain and mountain side, until, through com munity of interests and unity of effort, mankind has been enabled to rear the splendid structure of twentieth century civilization. When the savage began to emerge from his isolation and took the first steps to ward becoming a social creature, profit ing by association and cooperation with fellow human beings, one of his first needs was a sign or a symbol whereby he could distinguish, during primitive battles, between creatures of his own tribe or family and those of enemy tribes. A peculiar type of club, a splotch of colored clay on the body of the warrior, and later some rude device on his clumsy shield served for a time the purpose of insignia. Eventually these bits of wood, bodily ornamentation, and shield signs were re placed by the skins of animals attached to poles so that they might be held high in the air and recognized at a distance. From such crude beginnings it is easy to trace the evolution of the flags of civil ized man. Today, while it is true that we are thinking of the flags of our own and of other nations in relation to sanguinary strife, these emblems of armies and na vies have a deep and noble significance far removed from their use in leading men to battle. In reality flags are the bul warks of idealism. AN INSPIRATION TO PERSONAL SACRIFICE The flag epitomizes for an army the high principles for which it strives in battle. Were it not for the ideals which it keeps ever before the soldier he would be bestialized by slaughter. It keeps men's motives lofty even in mortal com bat, making them forgetful of personal gain and of personal revenge, but eager for personal sacrifice in the cause of the country they serve. With full realization of what the stories of the flags of the world mean, each to its own people, and with the belief that Americans will be inspired by under- .:' i_ c booo l-H '¦' 5 > ort o fc O oj ."5 *? t i5 c j-18 C c o !-. £ H " w > w Pi > tl* rt «1 p.-« ctI'-n , r^>* {* C u 60 (J ,-> 5-h r-* rtt-1 a" .a Eh 282 $m Photograph by Paul Thompson THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES ON BOARD A BARGE WHICH FLIES HIS FLAG AT THE BOW WHILE TAKING HIM FROM THE "MAYFLOWER" TO THE FLAGSHIP (SEE ALSO PAGE 324) The President's flag (No. 2, page 310) is one of the most difficult flags to make, requir ing the labor of a skilled seamstress for an entire month. Every detail of the eagle, each feather and each scale, must be carefully embroidered. On two days of the year the ships of the American Navy are "full dressed," as are the battleships shown here. Those occasions are the Fourth of July, the birthday of the nation itself, and the Twenty-second of February, the birthday of him who will ever remain first in the hearts of his countrymen. To "full- dress ship" is also permissible as a matter of international courtesy, when in foreign ports, upon the occasion of the visited country's national holidays or in honor of the presence of their men-of-war. standing and appreciating the motives, the traditions, and the sentiments which have given birth to these various symbols of sovereignty, the National Geographic Magazine presents this issue, devoted to the flags of all countries. In the present world struggle, in which the United States of America is now en gaged, we of this land hold to the ideals represented in the history and the promise of the Stars and Stripes — the ideals of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness safeguarded for all mankind. And though many must fall in the achievement of those ideals, a noble and imperishable good will endure as a monu ment to their sacrifice. History can be stow upon such soldiers no higher en comium than that of Defenders of the Flag. In the presentation of 1,197 flags in their accurate colors and design, the Na tional Geographic Magazine issues the most expensive as well as the most in structive and beautiful number in the whole history of periodical literature. THE BIG TASK OF MAKING THE FLAG NUMBER In assembling the flags of the world, in choosing the correct from the spurious designs, and in mobilizing, so to speak, the flag lore of our own America, as well as in the research which has made it pos sible to present here many flags pregnant with historic associations, the National 283 284 THE NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC MAGAZINE Geographic Society has been fortunate in having the enthusiatic cooperation and active professional services of the fore most flag expert of the United States Government and probably the leading au thority in the world on flag usages among maritime nations — Lieut. Commander Byron McCandless, of the United States Navy. Lieut. Commander McCandless was the flag officer of the American fleet at Vera Cruz in 1913, and in the performance of his duties there he found that the signal officers and enlisted men were handi capped in their work by the non-existence of a flag book. Being far removed from a printing establishment, the ingenious officer met the condition by chiseling flag plates from leaden sheets and printing in color a book of flags with a hand- press installed on the flagship. This unique publication attracted wide atten tion among naval officers, and the de mand for copies of the work became so great that the improvised flag plates, made of soft metal, soon wore away. Lieut. Commander McCandless was in duced by the National Geographic Society to undertake, with the consent of the Sec retary of the Navy, the assembling of the flags of the world for this issue of the Geographic In view of the value of this flag material to the government, the Society has donated 5,000 copies of the Flag Number to the United States Navy and 5,000 copies to the Army. In addition to the expert services of Lieut. Commander McCandless, the Ed itor has had the assistance of John Oliver La Gorce, the Associate Editor ; of Wil liam Joseph Showalter, Ralph A. Graves, Franklin L. Fisher, and other members of the editorial staff in the months of research work necessary to secure the historically accurate data descriptive of the more than 1,200 flags in colors and in black and white. Thus, through such concerted effort, it is possible to present in this issue the most complete and au thoritative work on flags ever published. The engraving of the coats-of-arms and devices appearing on many of the ban ners and the preparation of all the color plates in their accurate proportions, as well as the notable achievement in rich color printing, have been accomplished through the mechanical efficiency and ar tistic cooperation of the Beck Engraving Company of Philadelphia. In the proc esses of color printing it was necessary to operate the presses in daylight only, in order that the tints and shades might be kept true for each of the 23,000,000 pages (32 pages of color in each of more than 700,000 copies of this issue of the magazine). The Flag Number, like all the other is sues since the founding of the magazine twenty-nine years ago, owes its attractive typographical appearance to Messrs. Judd & Detweiler, Inc., of Washington, D. C. THE WORK OF PRINTING Every one will readily appreciate that the cost of our flag number far exceeds the moderate price at which it is dis tributed to members of the Society (one- twelfth of the annual membership fee), a sum not sufficient to cover the bare cost of the paper, engraving, and printing. This deficit is made good from the So ciety's educational fund, but for addi tional copies the price will necessarily be 50 cents each. So vast has grown the membership of the National Geographic Society that one finds it hard to realize how wide-spread is the geographic interest it has engen dered or how many magazines must be printed before each member can receive his or her copy. Two striking illustra tions of the Society's numerical strength have come home to the Editor in the is suance of the current number. With one of the largest color printing plants in America engaged in producing the 32 pages of flags in colors, it took 75 work ing days — three months — to print these alone. The attention of the reader is directed to the little vacant spaces after flags 640 and 666 respectively (pages 350-351). These blank intervals do not seem to be more than negligible ; and yet, running through the entire edition, they occupy more than 700,000 square inches of space, or 1,728 pages the size of the National Geographic Magazine. Put side by side they would form a ribbon of paper twenty miles long. Gilbert Grosvenor, Editor and Director, National Geographic Society. INDEX TO FLAGS AND INSIGNIA Subject Illustration Page African flags oka osn o.-q op- Army flags of United States Ill' d55' 6M' 3G' %S+\ fl^SS •" '« ' ; '¦¦¦'¦ ; ¦ • 354, 355, 358, 367 British Empire flags 359-366 ¦ - Australia 3g3 Dominion of Canada !!!!!! 36? Correct dimensions of United States flag. 312 Correct display of United States flag European flags '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 354, 358, 367 Flags famous in American history 338, 33S), 342 Geography of middle ages told by flags 370' Insignia of uniformed forces of United States 414-419 Makers of the Flag : ' Marine Corps flags of United States 315 National Geographic Society flag 335 Naval flags of the world 347, 350, 351 Navy flags of United States 315, 318, 319 Pan-American flags 343, 346 Stars and Stripes, History of 310 State flags of United States 323-334 Text Page 372 308, 309 37237S383381 404 404372, 388 341 388 413 304 313, 316 340 369 313, 316 361 286 Photograph by Brown Brothers SALUTING THE FLAG IN SCHOOL The salute to the flag fosters a spirit of unity and loyalty among the future citizens of the land, regardless of the many racial stocks from which these children may have sprung. Happily, educators are rapidly appreciating the importance of such outward symbols and ceremonies, and it is hoped that the time is at hand when such patriotic customs will be universally adopted in our public and private schools. 285 THE STORY OF THE AMERICAN FLAG The text and illustrations of this Flag Number, in its entirety, are protected by copyright, and all rights are reserved AS IF in augury of that perpetual peace for which all mankind hopes L as the outcome of the world war, immediately following the entrance of the United States of America into' the great struggle to secure democracy for all peoples and freedom from the menace of militarism for all nations, the Stars and Stripes were received gratefully and reverently into that historic shrine of the English-speaking race — St. Paul's Ca thedral, London — there to be preserved among the hallowed banners of the hosts of liberty (see page 302). This epochal event marked the alli ance, in a sacred cause, of the two great self-governing Anglo-Saxon nations just 140 years after the birth of that Star Spangled Banner in the travail of the conflict which severed the American Re public from the British Empire. From the embattled pinnacle of high resolve and lofty idealism where the American flag has always floated, the course of its rise may be surveyed — an inspiration to the patriot, an enduring emblem of hope for the oppressed. The story of the Stars and Stripes is the story of the nation itself ; the evolution of the flag is symbolic of the evolution of our free institutions; its development epito mizes the amazing expansion of our boundaries and the development of our natural resources ; its glorious history is the history of the people whose sover eignty it signifies. In the embryonic days of the republic, when the Thirteen Original States were still feeble British colonies bordering the western shores of the Atlantic, there were almost as many varieties of banners borne by the Revolutionary forces as there are today races fused into one liberty-loving American people. The local flags and colonial devices (Nos. 361-366, 377-422) displayed in bat tle on land and sea during the first months of the American Revolution proclaimed the attitude of the people of the several colonies in their grievances against the Mother Country. When Bunker Hill and Lexington were fought, some of the staunchest patriots were still hopeful that an adjustment of the difficulties with the home government could be effected, and although on June 15, 1775, General Washington had been appointed commander - in - chief of the Continental forces raised, or to be raised, "for the defense of American liberty," the Continental Congress nearly a month later (July 8) addressed an appeal to King George in which the petitioners styled themselves "Your Majesty's faith ful subjects." DISINCLINED TO SEVER ALL TIES Disinclined to sever all ties with Eng land, yet bitterly resentful of the treat ment accorded them and unyielding in their determination to resist further op pression, when it became necessary to adopt an ensign for their newly created navy, in the autumn of 1775, the revolt ing colonies chose a flag that reflected their feeling of unity with the Mother Country, but at the same time expressed their firm joint purpose to demand and obtain justice and liberty. The events which resulted in the estab lishment of the Continental navy, and thereby the birth of the first flag repre sentative of the thirteen united colonies, constitute one of the most picturesque chapters in American history. At the be ginning of October the Continental Con gress, sitting in Philadelphia, learned that two unarmed North Country-built brigs were sailing from England loaded with arms, powder, and other stores destined for Quebec. As the colonies were in sore need of powder and possessed neither factories for its manufacture nor ships for bringing it from abroad, Congress 286 THE BANNER UNDER WHICH THEY MARTIAL FOUGHT AND FELL IS NOW THEIR SHROUD They went forth to battle and gave their lives to liberty. Theirs the hardships, theirs the sacrifice, theirs the honor, "nor shall their glory be forgot while Fame her record keeps." instructed General Washington to apply to the Council of Massachusetts Bay for the two armed vessels in its service, to man them and to dispatch them with all speed in the hope of intercepting the mu nitions-laden brigs. The aid of the armed vessels of Rhode Island and Connecticut was also promised the commander-in- chief in this important enterprise. General Washington, of his own initia tive, had already purchased two vessels, which he had fitted out, officered with army captains, and manned with soldiers. These ships were the Lynch and the Franklin. By November I four addi tional cruisers had been added to the fleet — the Lee, the Harrison, the Warren, and the Lady Washington. Of this little fleet only the Lee, under command of John Manley, met with sig nal success in the bold undertaking. On November 29 it captured the brig Nancy, with a precious cargo of 4,000 muskets, 31 tons of musket shot, 3,000 round shot, several barrels of powder, and a 13-inch brass mortar, subsequently called "Con gress," which was to play an important part in forcing the evacuation of Boston. One of the colonial ships, the Lady Washington, was captured on December 7 by H. M. S. Fowey, and her colors, still in the Admiralty Office in London, are described as bearing a pale-green pine tree on a field of white bunting, with the motto, "An Appeal to Heaven" (391). This flag was flown by all the ships under Washington's command at this time, the design having been suggested by the commander-in-chief's military secretary, Colonel Joseph Reed, who wrote, on Oc tober 20, 1775, that he wished to "fix upon some particular color for a flag and a signal by which our vessels may know one another." THE EARLY AMERICAN NAVY Prior to the receipt of the news of the capture of the Nancy the Continental Congress had appointed Esek Hopkins commander-in-chief of the navy built by 287 ****** NS^TPK^fe i.)01 j^vMED <^>. . nismim^AmU'riyyO^, WM '/JJ/a^? Wt^i _«suJi£T* THE EARLIEST PERFECT REPRESENTATION OF THE GRAND UNION ENSIGN (SEE no. 364) The flag is a part of the decorations appearing on North Carolina currency of the issue of April 2, 1776 Congress as distinguished from the sol dier-manned fleet under General Wash ington. Immediately following his ap pointment Commodore Hopkins' (the first and only commander-in-chief the navy ever had) set sail from Rhode Island in that colony's armed vessel Katy and ar rived in the Delaware River on December 3> 1775- The same day the commodore assumed the formal command of the little squadron which the Congress had placed under him. PAUL JONES RAISES THE FLAG The manner in which that command was assumed is of signal importance, in that the ceremony marked the hoisting of the first truly American flag. And the distinction of having released the banner to the breeze belongs to that daring spirit, John Paul Jones, one of the chief among heroes in the hearts of American naval officers and seamen. Jones, at that time senior lieutenant (corresponding to exec utive officer in the navy today) of Hop kins' flagship, the Alfred, in a letter to "the United States Minister of Marine, Hon. Robert Morris," preserved in the Library of Congress, thus describes the historic event : "It was my fortune, as the senior of the first Lieutenants, to hoist myself the Flag of America (I chose to do it with my own hands) the first time it was dis played. Though this was but a slight Circumstance, yet I feel for its Honor, more than I think I should have done, if it had not happened." A line is drawn through the words in parentheses and the word "myself" has been inserted. This was the flag (364) which after ward figured so extensively in the litera ture of the day as the Congress Colors, from the fact that it first floated over the navy controlled by Congress. Also known as the Grand Union Flag and the First Navy Ensign, it was the Colonial stand ard from that day until it was superseded by the Stars and Stripes, in 1777. It consisted of thirteen stripes, alternately red and white, typifying the thirteen colo nies, with a union bearing the crosses of St. George and St. Andrew combined (the national flag of Great Britain -361) and signifying the Mother Country There has been much confusion about 288 THE STORY OF THE AMERICAN FLAG 289 the flags which were displayed on the Alfred on that historic December day. The statement is often made, and cor rectly, that Commodore Hopkins hoisted the Gadsden flag (398) — a fact which impresses some historians as a contradic tion of John Paul Jones' assertion. Ref erence to naval usage, both of that day and of this, however, clarifies the sup posed discrepancy. Flagships display three flags — the ensign, flown at the stern ; the flag of the commanding officer, displayed at the mainmast ; and the jack, which flies from the jackstaff at the bow. The Gadsden flag (of yellow silk and bearing a coiled rattlesnake with the motto "Don't Tread on Me"), used on the Alfred as the flag of the commodore commanding the fleet, was presented Feb ruary 8, 1776, to the Congress by Col. Christopher Gadsden, a delegate from South Carolina to the Continental body and one of the committee of three ap pointed on October 15, 1775, to report on the fitting out of two armed vessels. When that report was made, two weeks later, Colonel Gadsden was one of a com mittee of seven appointed to fit out four armed vessels. The jack displayed on the Alfred on this occasion was a small, nearly square flag of thirteen alternate red and white stripes, bearing a crawling rattlesnake with the legend "Don't Tread on Me" beneath it (365). CENSORSHIP IN REVOLUTIONARY TIMES No mention of the ceremony of Com modore Hopkins' assumption of com mand of the little Continental fleet is to be found in the Philadelphia newspapers of that period. Indeed, the silence of the colonial press about the eight vessels fitted out, officered, manned, and sent to sea was as complete as was that of the American press of 1917, when General Pershing's expeditionary force embarked for the fields of France. The intelligence reports to the British Admiralty were very explicit concerning the event, however. In minutest detail these reports described the ships of the fleet, how they were painted, the number of guns, officers, and men — all accurately supplied by the enemy's secret-service agents in the colonies. For example, the following report, under date of January 4, 1776, was sent from Philadelphia: "This day, about one o'clock, sailed the ship Alfred and the ship Columbus with two brigs. Alfred carries 36 guns, 9 and 12 pounders ; 60 marines and about 200 sailors. Columbus about the same num ber of men and 32 guns. The two brigs carry 16 guns. They sailed with five or six merchant ships loaded with flour from the Congress. Hopkins commands the Alfred. She has yellow sides, her head the figure of a man, English colours, but more striped. The Columbus is all black, except white bottom, with no head. Com manded by one Whipple." HOISTING THE GRAND UNION FLAG AT CAMBRIDGE One month after its baptism in the breezes, from the stern of the Alfred, the Grand Union Flag (364) was raised at Cambridge, Mass., on the very day that the Continental Army began its official existence — January 2, 1776 — and General Washington is authority for the explana tion that it was displayed "out of compli ment to the United Colonies." It was two days after this event that Washing ton wrote to his military secretary, Joseph Reed, through whom he kept in touch with affairs at Philadelphia : "We are at length favored with the sight of His Majesty's most gracious speech, breathing sentiments of tender ness and compassion for his deluded American subjects ; the speech I send you (a volume of them was sent out by the Boston gentry) , and, farcical enough, we gave great joy to them without knowing or intending it, for on that day (January 2) which gave being to our new army, but before the proclamation came to hand, we hoisted the union flag in com pliment to the United Colonies. But be hold ! it was received at Boston as a token of the deep impression the speech had made upon us and as a signal of submis sion. By this time I presume they begin to think it strange that we have not made formal surrender of our lines." Although displayed on the Continental Army's first birthday, neither the Grand Union Flag (364) nor the Stars and Sag ^-_rt O GuO s ""mh 2 x) ¦U o-O IH S3 ^ rt aH^ s -d _ 1- o " rt O o ^F S3 .2^ " rt c & |-as 0. r° CD CO J-. «fl3s Ph „S 3 o.~tyj §£.££! ^ ° "2 m u • 8 jl^j! S S3 O J"1 rri *— ' bo . tn 3 o rt **» Ph — J3 co g in t;-« ° P a; V V t>. £ J-. O tnPi .-" 0. n, CO £ titi«^ O 0,-h a Urii'OR >- S3 o tC3 rt — ¦« ,-,1-f S3 rt a. J: c « ,— ^ .j 2 ;> u ^ X ^ - u< = ~ « '/. ¦ — — >¦• 0 — — z T !•= = Z 5 L> X X - 291 I Harris & Ewing THE FREMONT FLAG When General John Charles Fremont, surnamed "the Pathfinder," made his way across the continent in the '40's, his mission was one of peace, but the arrows in his army flag sug gested war to the Indians of the plain. Therefore he inserted the calumet, or pipe of peace, crossed with the arrows in the talons of the eagle. It is interesting to note that the army did not carry the Stars and Stripes until the period of the Mexican War (see pages 307-308 and flag 22). Stripes (6), adopted by Congress a year and a half later, was carMed in the field by the land forces during the Revolu tionary War. The army carried only the colors of the States to which the troops belonged (see flags 394, 396, 403, 409, 410, etc.) and not the national flag. THE FIRST VICTORY OF THE AMERICAN FLAG It fell to the lot of the newly created Commodore Manley (the officer who had commanded the Lee and captured the ordnance ship Nancy) to carry the Grand Union Flag to its first victory. Com manding the Hancock, Manley captured two enemy transports, placed prize crews aboard, and then, with only 16 men left on his own ship, he engaged an armed vessel in sight of the enemy fleet at Bos ton and succeeded in bringing his prizes safely into Plymouth. Following this daring exploit Manley received a letter written at Cambridge, on January 28, 1776, by General Washington, who de clared that the commodore's achievement merited "mine and the country's thanks," and promised him a "stronger vessel of war." On Major Samuel Selden's powder- horn of that period is a carving showing Boston and vicinity. The British fleet is depicted on one side of Boston Neck, while Manley's symbolical ship Amaraca, flying at the stern the Continental Union flag as its ensign, and at the mainmast the pine-tree flag as the commodore's flag, is shown on the other side. The mortar carved on the horn is the famous "Congress" gun captured by Manley on the Nancy. The first occasion upon which any American flag floated over foreign terri tory was on March 3, 1776. Commodore Hopkins, of the Congress fleet, organized an expedition against New Providence, in the Bahama Islands, for the purpose of seizing a quantity of powder known to be stored there and of which both Gen eral Washington and the fleet were in 292 Photograph from Central News Photo Service, official naval photograph VICE-ADMIRAL SIMS WITH BRITISH AND AMERICAN STAFF OFFICERS AT THE HOISTING OF THE AMERICAN VICE-ADMIRAL'S FLAG (65) AT ADMIRALTY HOUSE WHEN HE TOOK TEMPORARY COMMAND OF QUEENSTOWN AND DISTRICT Vice-Admiral Bayley's flag (606) is being hauled down 293 u. s. s. "sylph" flying the Four-star flag of admiral benson, chief of NAVAL OPERATIONS (64), ON THE MAINMAST, AND THE FLAG OF VICE-ADMIRAL BROWNING, OF THE BRITISH NAVY (606), ON THE FOREMAST Our naval jack (4) is flying at the jackstaff, but the motion of the steamer has given the stars a striped effect great need. Two hundred marines were landed, under the command of Captain Nichols, supported by fifty sailors, under Lieutenant Weaver, of the Cabot. The Providence and the Wasp covered the landing party. Fort Nassau was taken and a great quantity of military stores fell into the hands of the expedition. A correspondent of the London "La dies' Magazine," who was in New Provi dence at the time of the capture of the fort by the American forces, under date of May 13, 1776, described the colors dis played by the marines and sailors as "striped under the union (the British union of the crosses of St. George and St. Andrew) with thirteen stripes" (364), while "the standard (the commodore's flag) bore a rattlesnake and the motto "Don't Tread on Me" (398). THE- FIRST FOREIGN SALUTE TO AN AMERI CAN FLAG The first salute ever fired in honor of an American flag (the Grand Union en sign) was an eleven-gun volley given by the Fort of Orange, on the island of St. Eustatius, Dutch West Indies, on No vember 16, 1776. The salute was in ac knowledgment • of a similar number of guns fired by the Andrew Doria (see also page 401), one of the original vessels of Commodore Hopkins' fleet, which had been sent to the West Indies, under com mand of Captain Isaiah Robinson, for a cargo of military supplies. The commander of the near-by British island of St. Christopher, hearing of the salute, protested to the Dutch governor of St. Eustatius, Johannes de Graef, who promptly replied that "in regard to the reception given by the forts of this island, under my commandment, to the vessel Andrew Doria, I flatter myself that if my masters exact it I shall be able to give such an account as will be satisfactory." Whereupon the British commander re sponded that "the unpartial world will judge between us whether these honor shots, answered on purpose by a Dutch fort to a rebellious brigantine, with a flag known to the commander of that fort as the flag of His Majesty's rebellious sub jects, is or is not a partiality in favor of those rebels." The British governor then forwarded 294 Photograph by Brown Brothers LAUNCHING THE U. S. S. "MICHIGAN" In times of peace the launching of a battleship is a gala event, attended by elaborate ceremonies and witnessed by enthusiastic throngs proud of the privilege of seeing the "mar riage to the sea" of another man-of-war destined to uphold the honor of America. In times of war, however, no such crowds as attended the Michigan's launching are admitted to the shipyards, for an enemy might, with a bomb, undo the labor of years and destroy a formidable unit of our growing sea power. to London a report of the affair, accom panied by affidavits that the brigantine "during the time of the salute and the answer to it, had the flag of the Con tinental Congress flying." The British Government protested sharply to the States General of the Republic of the Netherlands. The Dutch demurred at the asperity with which England de manded an explanation, but immediately recalled Commander de Graef from St. Eustatius. Thus the first salute to the new ensign was disavowed, although the Holland Republic recognized American independence shortly thereafter. In the literature of the Revolution fre quent reference is found to a "plain striped flag" (404). Official correspond ence shows that whenever this flag was used afloat it was as the badge of mer chant shipping and privateers and not as the ensign of the regular commissioned vessels of the navy. How long the Grand Union Flag was in use has never been definitely established ; but official records of the navy fail to show that ,any other ensign was used until after the Star Spangled Banner's adoption by Congress. BIRTHDAY OF THE STARS AND STRIPES It was nearly one year after the repre sentatives of the United States of Amer ica, in General Congress assembled, had pledged their lives, their fortunes, and their sacred honor for the support of the Declaration of Independence that the crosses of St. George and St. Andrew, emblematic of the Mother Country, which had formed the union of the Continental Union flag (364), were discarded and re placed by a union composed of white stars in a blue field, "representing a new constellation" (see flag No. 6, page 310). The date of the birth of the Stars and Stripes was June 14, 1777, and its crea tion was proclaimed in a resolution of the 295 > 2 ™ £' E o co »« 8 e, *3 "S3 „, ao S3 S3 I) fH "kg1 3 rt -*-* co cj >, ^3 . ,« cd "CO 'iZ 'H 1- -W O S3 S3 ,C ^R > ¦< CD ^ /Sc IUMh (U ¦£ °tc "to -[-)<£ « £ O C •4-J i-3— OJ "< p p p. £ sis O N ra -tR r-H -1 3 M _< •C73 C £ ™Jr "¦ ? p "^ ¦- CtJ tn 0 rt tn .-, P ctf ^ bOC 3 •-. 0 rt 3 0 TR CD ctj CD S3 W co CD hH ¦3 JR CD r1 ~.c £ o "urn g c- "+* b/j „ >> S %qR »o otr. tn « O ¦£ — js p<"l <-< . 3 u ~ rt 3 v. _o rt_>> '¦« E"S CO co iT • p UJ O E-a*u5 C CD 0 h . P > C^ • — „ > G\ „.2 0 0 CV"~ ^ 13 M co \o en «•- 0 tR rt-t rt P CD bO co "S « S 0 JR *7j W3 w." bO " .s co 3 E « 3 co 10 296 THE STORY OF THE AMERICAN FLAG 29i Continental Congress. While the resolu tion appears in the records without any account of preliminary discussion and without any designation of specific rec ommendation, the order in which it is in corporated in the business of the day leads to the assumption that it was re ported by the Marine Committee, for it is sandwiched in among several naval mat ters. This portion of the official journal for the day reads : "Resolved, That the Marine Commit tee be empowered to give such directions respecting the Continental ships of war in the river Delaware as they think proper in case the enemy succeed in their at- ! tempts on said river. "Resolved, That the flag of the thirteen United States be thirteen stripes, alter nate red and white ; that the union be thirteen stars, white in a blue field, rep resenting a new constellation. "The Council of the State of Massa chusetts Bay having represented by letter to the president of Congress that Captain John Roach, some time since appointed to command the Continental ship of war Ranger, is a doubtful character and ought not to be entrusted with such a command; therefore "Resolved, That Captain John Roach be suspended until the Navy Board for the eastern department shall have en quired fully into his character and report thereon to the Marine Committee. "Resolved, That Captain John Paul Jones be appointed to command the said ship Ranger." Thus it would seem that not only was the first flag of the Continental Congress (364) displayed for the first time from a naval vessel, the Alfred (see page 288), but that from the navy (in the person of the Marine Committee of the Congress of 1777) the nation also received the Stars and Stripes. MANY TFIEORIES AS TO THE ORIGIN OF THE STARS AND STRIPES There have been advanced almost as many theories as to the genesis of the Stars and Stripes as there were stars in the original ensign. ' Many hold to the view that the new flag borrowed the stripes from the ensign (364) raised by John Paul Jones on the Alfred on De cember 3, 1775, and the stars from the colonial banner of Rhode Island (396) ; others maintain that the idea for the flag came from Netherlands, offering in sup port of this claim the statements of Ben jamin Franklin and John Adams, who went to Holland to borrow money for the struggling colonies and who told the Dutch that America had borrowed much from them, including the ideas repre sented in the flag. Whatever' their origin, there is no per suasive evidence in the official records of the time which would lead to the con clusion that the Stars and Stripes were in use before the resolution of June 14, 1777. It is true, however, that the paint ings of Trumbull and Peale do point to its earlier use. But, as to the flags ap pearing in their paintings, it should be recalled that an anachronism could be readily excused in the case of Trumbull, because he had left the colonies while Washington was before Boston and was abroad for seven years. Peale's picture of Washington crossing the Delaware, with respect to the colors carried, is be lieved to be a case of "artist's license." The well known story of Betsy Ross, so-called maker of the Stars and Stripes, is one of the picturesque legends which has grown up around the origin of the flag, but it is one to which few unsenti mental historians subscribe. There was, however, a Mrs. Ross, who was a flag- maker by trade, living in Philadelphia at the time of the flag's adoption. BILLS RENDERED BY A FLAG DESIGNER A more authentic individual connection with the designing of the flag is to be found in the official records concerning Francis Hopkinson, one of the delegates to Congress from New Jersey, a signer of the Declaration of Independence and a member of the Marine Committee. In November, 1776, Hopkinson was ap pointed one of a committee of three to "execute the business of the navy under the direction of the Marine Committee." He resigned as a member of the Navy Board in August, 1778, but continued to take an interest in naval affairs, as shown Photograph by Paul Thompson THE GUIDON, TROOP F, NEW YORK NATIONAL GUARD Each troop of cavalry in the American forces carries a guidon — a small flag cut ''swallow tail" (23). It consists of two stripes of equal width, the upper being red, the cavalry colors, with the regimental designation in figures. The letter of the troop, in red, appears on the white stripe. Two guidons are supplied to each troop — a silken banner carried into battle, on campaigns, and upon occasions of ceremony, and a service flag of bunting to be used at all other times. in the following letter to the Board of Admiralty more than a year later: "Gentlemen : It is with great pleasure I understand my last device of a seal for the Board of Admiralty has met with your Honours' approbation. I have with great readiness upon several occasions exerted my small abilities in this way for the public service, as I flatter myself, to the satisfaction of those I wish to please, viz., The flag of the United States of America 4 Devices for the Continental currency A Seal for the Board of Treasury Ornaments, Devices and Checks, for the new bills of exchange on Spain and Holland. A Seal for Ship Papers of the United States A Seal for the Board of Admiralty The Borders, Ornaments & Checks for the new Continental currency now in the press, a work of considerable length. A Great^ Seal for the United States of Amer ica, with a Reverse. "For these services I have as yet made 298 THE STORY OF THE AMERICAN FLAG 299 no charge, nor received any recompense. I now submit it to your Honours' con sideration whether a quarter cask of the public wine will not be a proper and a reasonable reward for these labours of fancy and a suitable encouragement to future exertions of the like nature. . . ." Subsequently Hopkinson rendered an other account to the government for the various designs mentioned above, together with numerous others, the first item on the list being "the great naval flag of the United States." On this occasion he asked for $2,700 compensation. Later he rendered a third account, itemizing the charge for each design, and followed this with an explanatory note which throws an interesting light on the financial status of the nation at that time, for he says : "The charges are made in hard money, to be computed at 50 for one in Conti nental." This claim was never paid, a board which passed on accounts reporting that it appeared that Hopkinson "was not the only person consulted on those exhibi tions of Fancy, and therefore cannot claim the full merit of them and is not entitled in this respect to the full sum charged." Also the board was of the opinion that "the public is entitled to those little assistances given by gentlemen who enjoy a very considerable salary under Congress without fee or further reward." admiral Chester's account of a colonial flag-bee Rear Admiral Colby M. Chester, U. S. Navy, has suggested that John Paul Jones may have had a share in the design. He says: "This young officer of the Continental Navy had just returned from a successful cruise at sea in command of war ships, during which he had captured a number of the enemy's vessels, and was in Phila delphia at the time Congress was con sidering the question of a national flag, as a member of a Board of Advisers to the Naval Committee of the Flouse of Delegates upon matters relating to the country's sea forces, of which the ques tion of a suitable distinguishing mark to be worn by war vessels was one of the most important. "Possessing a most attractive person ality, Paul Jones was lionized by the ladies of the city and patronized by some of the leading delegates to the Conven tion, who called upon him to advise the legislators regarding the design for the flag ; he thus had much to do with secur ing the passage of the act of Congress fixing its characteristics. "Soon after this event took place, Cap tain Jones received his appointment to command the Ranger, one of the Conti nental frigates about to proceed abroad, and with the act of Congress containing his commission in his hands he proceeded with all haste to Portsmouth, New Hamp shire, in which port the Ranger was fitted out. Here he was received with more distinction, even, than at Philadelphia, for Portsmouth being one of the principal seaports of the country, its inhabitants were more interested in ships which were to fly the flag and the men who were to man them than were those living in the capital of the colonies. "At Portsmouth Paul Jones attracted about him a bevy of girls who formed a so-called "flag-bee," who with much pa triotic enthusiasm and many heart thrills wrought out of their own and their mothers' gowns a beautiful Star Spangled Banner, which was thrown to the breeze in Portsmouth Harbor on July 4th, 1777, less than three weeks after Congress had so authorized." NEW ENSIGN'S FIRST ACTION AT SEA The story of the first time in history that the Stars and Stripes went into ac tion at sea is told in the picturesque lan guage of the American officer who com manded the ship which displayed the new ensign — Captain Thomas Thompson. In command of the Raleigh and the Alfred, Captain Thompson sailed for France from Portsmouth, and on September 2, 1777, captured the slow Naiicy of the Windward Island fleet, which had out sailed her. Having possessed himself of the Nancy's signal book, Thompson, on sighting the fleet two days later, deter mined to attack with the Alfred, but as ) Underwood & Underwood THE FRENCH ARMY'S FIRST SALUTE TO THE STARS AND STRIPES ON FRENCH SOIL Section V-14 of the American Ambulance Corps, a team of Leland Stanford Jr. Uni versity students, had the honor of bearing the first American flag officially sent from the United States to the French front. this vessel was a poor sailer and the wind had changed, the Raleigh went in alone, passing many merchant ships of the convoy. When within pistol-shot of the commodore's ship, recognized by means of the signal book, Thompson records: "We up sails, out guns, hoisted Con tinental colours and bid them strike to the Thirteen United States. Sudden surprise threw them into confusion and their sails flew all aback, upon which we compli mented them with a gun for each State, a whole broadside into their hull. Our second broadside was aimed at their rig ging, which had its desired effect. In about a quarter of an hour all hands quitted quarters on board the British man-of-war ; we cleared the decks totally. . . . Had not the wind favored him and we drifted leeward, he could not have fetched us and I should certainly have sunk the ship." Thus occurred the baptism of fire at sea of the new flag, at the hour of sunset on September 4, 1777. THE IMPROVISED OLD GLORY OF FORT STANWIX Just one month previously (August 3) the new flag had been under fire on land, 300 THE STORY OF THE AMERICAN FLAG 301 at Fort Schuyler, which stood on the site of the present city of Rome, N. Y. On August 2 a force composed of British and Indians attacked the fort, which was de fended by Col. Peter Gansevoort with some 600 men. In the afternoon rein forcements — 200 men of the Ninth Massachusetts Regiment under Lieuten ant Colonel Mellon — arrived by way of the Mohawk River from Albany, bring ing ammunition and supplies. They also brought with them news paper accounts of the newly enacted flag resolution, and immediately the fort was ransacked for material with which to make the new national emblem. The am munition shirts of the soldiers furnished the white stripes ; a red petticoat belong ing to the wife of one of the men sup plied the red stripes, and Captain Abra ham Swartwout's blue cloth cloak was requisitioned to provide the blue field of the union. In Avery's History it is set forth that the flag was made on Sunday morning and was displayed the same afternoon from a flagstaff raised on the bastion nearest the enemy. Then the drummer beat the assembly and the adjutant gen eral read to the defenders the congres sional resolution "particularizing the in signia of the flag of the new republic." There are vouchers extant showing that the Continental treasury reimbursed Cap tain Swartwout for the loss of his cloak, but the red petticoat remained a gift of the humble soldier's wife to the first of the Stars and Stripes to undergo fire. FIRST SALUTE TO THE STARS AND. STRIPES All Americans recall with especial pleasure and pride that the first official salute to the Stars and Stripes was ac corded, by that nation to which, more than to any other, the United States owes its existence— France, the blood-ally of our darkest days, now, in turn, valiantly succored by us in her hour of sorest need. Again John Paul Jones figures as the chief actor in this flag episode. He sailed from Portsmouth on November 1, 1777, as a bearer to France of the glad tidings of the surrender of Burgoyne. Here is the officer's own account, contained in a report to the Marine Committee of Con gress, of how the salute was obtained : "I am happy in having it in my power to congratulate you on my having seen the American flag for the first time recog nized in the fullest and completest man ner by the flag of France. I was off their bay (Quiberon) that day, the 13th (of February), and sent my boat in the next day to know if the Admiral (Admiral La Motte Picquet) would return my sa lute. He answered that he would return me, as a senior American Continental officer in Europe, the same salute which he was authorized by his court to return to an Admiral of Holland, or of any other republic, which was four guns less than the salute given. I hesitated at this, for I had demanded gun for gun ; therefore I anchored in the entrance of the bay, at a distance from the French fleet, but after a very particular inquiry on the 14th, finding that he had really told the truth, I was induced to accept his offer, the more so as it was an acknowledg ment of American independence. The wind being contrary and blowing hard, it was after sunset before the Ranger got near enough to salute La Motte Picquet with thirteen guns, which he returned with nine. However, to put the matter beyond doubt, I did not suffer the Inde pendence to salute until the next morn ing, when I sent word to the Admiral that I should sail through his fleet in the brig and would salute him in open day. He was exceedingly pleased and returned the compliment with nine guns" (see page 290). THE SIGNIFICANCE OF OUR COLORS America's most gifted poets and ora tors have vied with one another in setting forth the significance of the red, the white, and the blue of the Star Spangled Banner. In the words of Henry Ward Beecher: "A thoughtful mind, when it sees a nation's flag, sees not the flag, but the nation itself. And whatever may be its symbols, its insignia, he reads chiefly in the flag the government, the principles, the truths, the history, that belong to the nation that sets it forth. The American flag has been a symbol of Liberty, and men rejoiced in it. Photograph by Central News Photo Service FLAGS WHICH SIGNALIZED AMERICA'S ENTRANCE INTO THE WORLD CONFLICT BEING BORNE INTO ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL BY THE FIRST AMERICAN TROOPS TO REACH LONDON AFTER THE DECLARATION OF WAR WITH GERMANY These Stars and Stripes were blessed in the great English shrine and are to be preserved for all time, together with those of our Allies, whose national emblems, like our own, are waving over the hosts fighting for the world's liberty (see page 286). "The stars upon it were like the bright morning stars of God, and the stripes upon it were beams of morning light. As at early dawn the -stars shine forth even while it grows light, and then as the sun advances that light breaks into banks and streaming lines of color, the glowing red and intense white striving together, and ribbing the horizon with bars efful gent, so, on the American flag, stars and beams of many-colored light shine out to gether. And wherever this flag comes and men behold it they see in its sacred emblazonry no embattled castles or in signia of imperial authority ; they see the symbols of light. It is the banner of Dawn." BIBLICAL ORIGIN OF THE RED, WHITE, AND BLUE Charles W. Stewart, superintendent of naval records and library of the United 302 THE STORY OF THE AMERICAN FLAG 30J ¦States Navy Department, to whom the Geographic is indebted for helpful ad vice and criticism in the compilation of the data published in this number of the magazine, advances the following theory of the origin of the colors employed in the national ensign : "The flag may trace its ancestry back to Mount Sinai, whence the Lord gave to Moses the Ten Commandments and the book of the law, which testify of God's will and man's duty ; and were de posited in the Ark of the Covenant within the Tabernacle, whose curtains were blue, purple, scarlet, and fine-twined linen. "Before the ark stood the table of shew-bread, with its cloth of blue, scar let, and white. These colors of the Jew ish Church were taken over by the early Western Church for its own and given to all the nations of western Europe for their flags. When the United States chose their flag it was of the colors of old, but new in arrangement and design, and they called it 'The Stars and Stripes.' "Our flag is of the colors red, white, and blue. Red is for courage, zeal, fer vency; white is for purity, cleanness of life, and rectitude of conduct; blue is for loyalty, devotion, friendship, justice, and truth. The star is an ancient symbol of India, Persia, Egypt, and signifies do minion and sovereignty." THE CALL OF THE FLAG Hon. Frederick C. Hicks, in the House of Representatives on Flag Day, June 14. 191 7, thus portrayed the meaning of the national ensign : "The flag of America does more than proclaim mere power or acclaim a great and glorious history. Its folds wave a benediction to the yesterdays of accom plishment and beckon the tomorrows of progress with hope and confidence ; it heralds the noble purposes of a mighty people and carries a message of hope and inspiration to all mankind. Its glowing splendor appeals to us to demand inter national justice and arbitration; it com mands us to self-sacrifice and to univer sal obligation of service, which alone can maintain equality of rights and fullness of opportunity in our republic. "Its stars and its stripes voice the spirit of America calling to a nation of indom itable courage and infinite possibilities to live the tenets of Christianity, to teach the gospel of work and usefulness, to advance education, to demand purity of thought and action in public life, and to protect the liberties of free government from the aggressions of despotic power. This is the call of the flag of the Union in this hour of crisis and turmoil, when civilization and the laws of nations and of humanity are being engulfed in the maelstrom of death and destruction." THE EMBLEM OF OUR UNITY President Wilson in a Flag Day ad dress said : "This flag, which we honor and under which we serve, is the emblem of our unity, our power, our thought and pur pose as a nation. It has no other char acter than that which we give it from generation to generation. The choices are ours. It -floats in majestic silence above the hosts that execute those choices, whether in peace or in war. And yet, though silent, it speaks to us — speaks to us of the past, of the men and women who went before us, and of the records they wrote upon it. "We celebrate the day of it's birth ; and from its birth until now it has wit nessed a great history, has floated on high the symbol of great events, of a great plan of life worked out by a great people. We are about to carry it into battle, to lift it where it will draw the fire of our enemies. We are about to bid thousands, hundreds of thousands, it may be millions, of our men — the young, the strong, the capable men of the na tion — to go forth and die beneath it on fields of blood far away. . . . "Woe be to the man, or group of men, that seeks to stand in our way in this day of high resolution, when every prin ciple we hold dearest is to be vindicated and made secure for the salvation of the nations. We are ready to plead at the bar of history, and our flag shall wear a new luster. Once more we shall make good with our lives and fortunes the great faith to which we were born, and a new glory shall shine in the face of our people." THE MAKERS OF THE FLAG* By Franklin K. Lane, Secretary of the Interior THIS morning, as I passed into the Land Office, The Flag dropped me a most cordial salutation, and from its rippling folds I heard it say: "Good morning, Mr. Flag Maker." "I beg your pardon, Old Glory," I said, "aren't you mistaken? I am not the President of the United States, nor a member of Congress, nor even a general in the army. I am only a government clerk." "I greet you again, Mr. Flag Maker," replied the gay voice ; "I know you well. You are the man who worked in the swelter of yesterday straightening out the tangle of that farmer's homestead in Idaho, or perhaps you found the mistake in that Indian contract in Oklahoma, or helped to clear that patent for the hope ful inventor in New York, or pushed the opening of that new ditch in Colorado, or made that mine in Illinois more safe, or brought relief to the old soldier in Wyo ming. No matter ; whichever one of these beneficent individuals you may hap pen to be, I give you greeting, Mr. Flag Maker." I was about to pass on, when The Flag stopped me with these words : "Yesterday the President spoke a word that made happier the future of ten mil lion peons in Mexico ; but that act looms no larger on the flag than the struggle which the boy in Georgia is making to win the Corn Club prize this summer. "Yesterday the Congress spoke a word which will open the door of Alaska; but a mother in Michigan worked from sun rise until far into the night to give her boy an education. She, too, is making the flag. "Yesterday we made a new law to pre vent financial panics, and yesterday, may be, a school teacher in Ohio taught his first letters to a boy who will one day write a song that will give cheer to the millions of our race. We are all making the flag." "But," I said impatiently, "these people were only working!" * Delivered on Flag Day, 1914, before the employees of the Department of the Interior, Washington, D. C. Then came a great shout from The Flag : "The work that we do is the making of the flag. "I am not the flag ; not at all. I am but its shadow. "I am whatever you make me ; nothing more. "I am your belief in yourself, your dream of what a people may become. "I live a changing life, a life of moods and passions, of heart-breaks and tired muscles. "Sometimes I am strong with pride, when men do an honest work, fitting the rails together truly. "Sometimes I droop, for then purpose has gone from me, and cynically I play the coward. "Sometimes I am loud, garish, and full of that ego that blasts judgment. "But always I am all that you hope to be and have the courage to try for. "I am song and fear, struggle and panic, and ennobling hope. "I am the day's work of the weakest man and the largest dream of the most daring. "I am the Constitution and the courts, statutes and the statute-makers, soldier and dreadnaught, drayman and street sweep, cook, counselor, and clerk. "I am the battle of yesterday and the mistake of tomorrow. "I am the mystery of the men who do without knowing why. "I am the clutch of an idea and the reasoned purpose of resolution. "I am no more than what you believe me to be and I am all that you believe I can be. "I am what you make me; nothing more. "I swing before your eyes as a bright gleam of color, a symbol of yourself, the pictured suggestion of that big thing which makes this nation. My stars andmy stripes are your dream and your labors. They are bright with cheer, brilliant with courage, firm with faith, because you have made them so out of your hearts; for you are the makers of the flag, and it is well that you glory in the making." 304 THE FLAGS OF OUR ARMY, NAVY, AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS For illustrations see the corresponding numbers on the colored flags, pages 310 and onward 1. United States Flag and Ensign. — On July 4, 1912, following the admission of Ari zona and New Mexico into the Union, two stars were added to the Stars and Stripes, giv-, ing the banner its present composition of 48 stars, representing the States of the Union, and 13 stripes, commemorative of the Thir teen Original Colonies which achieved the na tion's independence. (See pages 286-304 for the history of the American flag; pages 303- 304, 404-413 for the uses of the flag, and de scriptive text under flags 6, 7, 8, 361, 362, 364, and 367 for the evolution and development of the Star Spangled Banner.) 2. President's Flag— When the President visits a vessel of the United States, the Presi dent's flag is broken at the main the moment he reaches the deck and is kept flying as long as he is on board. If the vessel can do so, a national salute of 21 guns is fired as soon as possible after his arrival on board. Upon de parture, another salute of 21 guns is fired, the President's flag being lowered with the last gun of the salute. When the President is em barked in a boat he usually directs that his flag be displayed from the staff in the bow of his barge (see page 283). When he passes in a boat flying his flag, vessels of the navy parade the full guard, four ruffles are given on the drum, four flourishes are sounded on the bugle, the National Anthem is played by the band, and officers and men salute (see page 282). When the President is embarked in a ship fly ing his flag, all saluting ships, on meeting her at sea or elsewhere, and all naval batteries, fire a national salute on passing (see page 324). Previous to the present order there were two designs displayed on flags and on colors to be used in the presence of the Commander- in-Chief of the army and the navy. The navy design was of an earlier date than that of the army, and consisted of the coat-of-arms of the United States, as shown in the Great Seal (3), upon a blue ground. This happened to be al most identical with the infantry colors (see 11). The President's colors were designed to be distinctive from the infantry colors, and consisted of a blue ground with a large crim son star, outlined heavily with white. Within the star was to be seen the coat-of-arms of the United States, and outside the star within its angles were powdered small stars to the number of the States in the Union. The dou ble display of flags and colors at the Grand Army Review in 1915 caused considerable comment, and as a result the suggestion was made to the President that the navy flag might fittingly be made distinctive from the infantry colors by the addition of four stars — one in each corner. The flags of an Admiral and of a General bear four stars, as a sign of com mand. The President approved of the idea, but directed that the coat-of-arms, as shown on the President's seal (see 5), be used upon the President's personal flag and colors. 3. The Great Seal or the United States.— The Great Seal was adopted by the Continental Congress June 20, 1782. Arms. — Paleways {perpendicular stripes or divisions) of thirteen pieces, argent (white) and gules (red) ; a chief (upper part of the escutcheon), occupying one-third of the whole azure (blue) ; the escutcheon on the breast of the American eagle displayed proper (repre sented in its natural colors), holding in his dexter (right) talon an olive branch, and in his sinister (left) a bundle of thirteen arrows, all proper (natural colors), and in his beak a scroll, inscribed with this motto, "B Pluribus Unum" (Out of Many, One). Crest. — Over the head of the eagle, which appears above the escutcheon, a glory (circle of light), or (gold), breaking through a cloud, proper, and surrounding thirteen stars form ing a constellation, argent, on an azure field. Reverse. — A pyramid unfinished. In the ze nith an eye in a triangle, surrounded with a glory, proper. Over the eye these words, "Annuit Coeptis" (He [God] has smiled on our undertakings). On the base of the pyra mid the numerical letters MDCCLXXVI, and underneath the following motto, "Novus Ordo Seclorum" (A New Order of Ages). Accompanying the report, and adopted by Congress, was the following: The escutcheon is composed of the chief and pale, the two most honorable ordinaries (di visions). The pieces, paly (equal in width and of two colors, alternating), represent the sev eral States ail joined in one solid', compact entire, supporting a chief, which unites the whole and represents Congress. The motto alludes to this union. The pales in the arms are kept closely united by the chief, and the chief depends on that union and the strength resulting from it for its support, to denote the confederacy of the United States of America and the preservation trf their union through Congress. The colors of the pales are those used in the flag of the United States of America; white signifies purity and innocence ; red, hardiness and _ valor _; and blue, the color of the chief, signifies vigilant perseverance and justice. The olive branch and arrows denote the power of peace and war, which is exclusively vested in Congress. The constellation denotes a new State taking its place and rank among other sovereign powers. The escutcheon is 305 borne on the breast of an American eagle without any other supporters, to denote that the United States ought to rely on their own virtue. Reverse. — The pyramid signifies strength and duration. The eye over it and the motto allude to the many signal interpositions of Providence in favor of the American cause. The date underneath is that of the Declara tion of Independence, and the words under it signify the beginning of the new American era, which commences from that date. The reverse of the seal has never been cut and has been allowed to go unused officially to the present day. - USES OF THE GREAT SEAL When the Continental Congress made the obverse of the great seal of the national arms it intended that the device should pass into common use among the people, as the flag has done, and like the flag, the arms at first met with general approval, which soon gave place to an acceptance of it. as an emblem of the power and sovereignty of the United States. The seal itself has, of course, a very limited use, which is, strictly guarded by law. The Secretary of State is its custodian, but even he has no authority to affix it to any paper that does not bear the President's signature. At. the. present time the seal of the United States is affixed to the commissions of all Cabinet, officers and diplomatic and consular officers who are nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate ; all ceremonious communications from the President to the heads of foreign governments; all treaties, conventions, . and formal agreements of the President with foreign powers; all proclama^- tions by .the President ; .all exequaturs to for eign consular officers in the United States who are appointed by the heads of the governments which they represent; to warrants by the President to receive persons surrendered by foreign governments under extradition trea ties ; and to all miscellaneous commissions of civil officers appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, whose appointments are not now especially di rected by law to be signed under a different seal. 4. Jack. — Vessels at anchor fly the union jack from the jackstaff (the staff at the bow) from morning to evening colors. The jack hoisted at the fore mast is a signal for a pilot (220). A gun may be fired to call attention to it. Hoisted at the mizzen mast or at a yard arm it denotes that a general court martial or a court of inquiry is in session. When a diplomatic official of the United States of and above the rank of charge d'af faires pays an official visit afloat in a boat of the navy, a union jack of a suitable size is car ried on a staff in the bow. When the Naval Governor of Guam, Tutuila, or the Virgin Islands of the United States embarks in a boat, within the limits of his government, for the purpose of paying visits of ceremony in his official capacity as Governor, a union jack of suitable size is carried on a staff in the bow of the boat. The union jack at the main was the flag of the Secretary of the Navy from 1869 to July 4, 1874, when the present flag (49) came into use. When worn out, jacks are surveyed and burned in the same manner as ensigns. The proper size of jack to display with an ensign is that corresponding in dimension to the union of that ensign (see drawing, page 312). Yachts may display the union jack while at anchor at the jackstaff from 8 a. m. to sunset, when wash clothes are not triced up. 5. Seal of the President.— This is the per sonal seal of the President, and the press from which it is made has been in use for many years. The device is to be seen in the Presi dent's flag (2), in bronze, in the floor of the entrance corridor of the White House and in the favorite stick-pin of the President. 6. Our First Stars and Stripes, adopted by act of Congress June 14, 1777 (see page 297). In its resolution Congress did not direct a spe cific arrangement of the thirteen stars. In the navy it became customary to place the stars so as to form the crosses of St. George and St. Andrew, an arrangement distinctly illustrated in Rhode Island's banner (396). THE flag that inspired the spangled banner" 'star . 7. The Flag with is Stripes and 15 Stars. — When Vermont entered the Union (March 4, 1791), followed by Kentucky (June 1, 1792), it was felt that the new States should have the same representation in the design of the flag that the original thirteen States pos sessed, and Congress accordingly passed the following act, which was approved by Presi dent Washington on January 13, 1794 : "Be it enacted, etc., That from and after the first day of May, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, the flag of the United States be fifteen stripes, alternate red and white, and that the Union be fifteen stars, white in a blue field." In this flag the stars were arranged in three parallel rows of five each, with the blue field resting on the fifth red stripe. This was the national flag for twenty-three years. It was in use during the war of 1812, and, in September, 1814, waving over Fort McHenry, it inspired Francis Scott Key to write the "Star Spangled Banner." Key was aide to General Smith at Baltimore and had gone aboard H. M. S. Min- den in the harbor to arrange an exchange of prisoners. While being detained pending the bombardment on the morning of September 14, 1814, he wrote the anthem. The arrangement of the stars in the Fort McHenry flag is the navy arrangement, that particular flag of immense size having been specially made by Mrs. Mary Pickerskill under the direction of Commodore Barry and Gen eral Striker. The flag is now in the National Museum at Washington (see page 289). The missing star is said to have been cut out and sent to President Lincoln. This is the flag that encouraged our brave lads in our war against the Barbary pirates. It was the first ensign to be hoisted over a fort of the Old World. On April 27, 1805, after a 306 Underwood & Underwood GUARD TO THE STANDARD On silver bands, encircling the lance from which the . regimental standard floats, are engraved the names and dates of the battles in which that regiment has played its heroic part. Each standard, therefore, epitomizes the glorious past of its command, and the men over whom it waves would gladly give their lives rather than have these shining symbols of victory tarnished by defeat (see page 308). bombardment of the batteries and the town of Derne, Tripoli, by the Hornet, Nautilus, and Argus, the landing party of marines and blue jackets stormed the principal works, and Lieu tenant O'Bannon of the marines and Midship man Mann hauled down the Tripolitan flag and hoisted the fifteen stars and fifteen stripes in its place. It was our ensign in the Battle of Lake Erie (see 366) and was first carried in a man-of- war by Captain Porter in the Essex, around Cape of Good Hope, August, 1800, and by Commodore Porter in the Essex around Cape Horn on his famous cruise in 1813. It was the flag flown by Jackson at New Orleans. 8. The requirement that a new stripe be added to the flag for each new State, however, soon proved embarrassing, with the result that U. S. Congress on April 4, 1818, decided to return to the original design of thirteen stripes, and passed the following law : "SEC. 1. Be it enacted, etc., That from and after after the fourth day of July next the flag of the United States be thirteen horizontal stripes, alternate red and white ; that the union have twenty stars, white, on a blue field. . "Sec. 2. And be it further enacted, That on the admission of every new State into the Union one star be added to the union of the flag, and that such addition shall take effect on the 4th of July next succeeding such admission." Twenty-eight States having been admitted since the enactment of this law, our flag now contains 48 stars. There have been numerous laws enacted concerning the flag since that time, but none of them has departed from the fundamental principles of the law of 1818. It is interesting to note that the army for many decades did not carry the Stars and Stripes in battle, though it was used as a gar rison flag. The land forces carried what was known as national colors, or standards, of blue, with the coat-of-arms of the United States, comprising an eagle surmounted by a number 307 of stars, emblazoned thereon, with the desig nation of the body of troops (see 22). in 1834 War Department regulations gave the artillery the right to carry the Stars and Stripes. The infantry still used the design of 22 until 1841, and the cavalry until 1887, when that branch of the army was ordered to carry the Stars and Stripes. The history of the flag indicates that the Stars and Stripes were not officially carried by troops in battle until the period of the Mexican War, 1846- 1847. THE ARMY FLAGS The flags used by the United States Army to designate its several branches are divided into two classes — colors and standards. The colors are used by unmounted troops and the standards by mounted forces. The principal difference between them is that the standards are smaller and have no cords and tassels, be cause large flags and cords and tassels would hinder the movements of the mounted stand ard-bearer. Every regiment of engineers, artillery, infan try, cavalry, etc., is supplied with one silk na tional standard or color (17) and one silk regimental standard or color (11, 13, IS, 18, etc.) . The silk national and regimental colors or standards are carried in battle, campaign, and on all occasions of ceremony at regimental headquarters in which two or more companies of the regiment participate. The official designation of the regiment is engraved on a silver band placed on the pike or lance. When not in use, colors and standards are kept in their waterproof cases. In garrison the standards or colors, when not in use, are kept in the office or quarters of the colonel and are escorted thereto and there from by the color guard. In camp the colors or standards, when not in use, are displayed in front of the colonel's tent, the national color or standard on the right. From reveille to re treat, when the weather permits, they are un cased; from retreat to reveille and during in clement weather they are cased. In action the position of the standards or colors will be indicated by the colonel, who may, through their display, inspire enthusiasm and maintain the morale. He may, however, hold them back when they might indicate to the enemy the direction of the main attack, betray the position of the main body, or tend to commit the regiment to defensive action. In the presence of the enemy and during the "approach" the standards are carried cased, ready to be instantly broken out if their in spiration is required. In addition to the handsome silk flags, a national color or standard made of bunting or other suitable material, but in all other re spects similar to the silk national color or standard, is furnished to each battalion or squadron of each regiment. These colors and standards are for use at drills and on marches, and on all service other than battles, campaigns, and occasions of cere mony. Not more than one national color or standard is carried when the regiment or any part of it is assembled. The colors of a regiment will not be placed in mourning or draped, except when ordered from the War Department. Two streamers of crape 7 feet long and about 12 inches wide at tached to the ferrule below the spearhead will be used for the purpose. The names and dates of battles in which regiments or separate battalions have partici pated are engraved on silver bands and placed on the pike of the colors or lance of the stand ard of the regiment or separate battalion, as the case may be. For this purpose only the names of those battles which conform to the following definition are considered, viz : Bat tles are important engagements between inde pendent armies in their own theaters of war, in contradistinction to conflicts in which but a small portion of the opposing forces are actu ally engaged, the latter being called, according to their nature, affairs, combats, skirmishes, and the like. The names and dates of battles which it is proposed to have engraved on the silver bands are submitted to the War Department, which decides each case on its merits. At least two companies, troops, or batteries of a regiment or separate battalion must have participated in a battle in order that the name of the battle may be placed on its colors or standards. A company, troop, or battery does not re ceive credit for having participated in a battle unless at least one-half of its actual strength was engaged. The Adjutant General of the Army furnishes each company, troop, and battery with a suit ably engrossed certificate setting forth the names of all battles, engagements, and minor affairs in which said company, troop, or bat tery participated, with the dates thereof, and showing, as nearly as may be, the organiza tions of the United States troops engaged therein, and against what enemy. This cer tificate states that the names and dates of these battles are engraved on silver bands on the pike of the colors of the regiment or battalion, or the lance of the standard of the regiment or battalion, as the case may be, excepting in the case of companies which have no regi mental or battalion organization. This certificate is suitably framed and kept posted in the barracks of the company, troop, or battery. Whenever in the opinion of a commanding officer the condition of any silk color, stand ard, or guidon in the possession of his com mand has become unserviceable, the same is forwarded to the depot quartermaster, Phila delphia, Pa., for repair, if practicable. Should it be found that its condition does not warrant the expenditure of funds that may be involved, the depot quartermaster returns to the officer from whom received and furnishes a new color, standard, or guidon. Upon receipt of new silk colors, standards, or guidons, commanding officers cause those replaced to be numbered and retained by the organization to which they belong as mementos of service, a synopsis of which, bearing the same number, will be filed with the records of the organization. 308 9. The President's colors in design are sim- »lar to the President's flag afloat (2), but are made of silk, with heavy silk embroidery and bordered with gold and silver fringe, with red, white, and blue cord and tassels, and a gold eagle on the pike. The colors are displayed when the President is in the presence of troops as commander-in-chief. 10. The colors of the Secretary of War are used in the same manner as the President's colors when the war minister is the ranking official in the presence of troops. n. The infantry colors are carried by the several regiments, each with its own particular designation on the scroll below the eagle. 12. The Assistant Secretary of War's colors are used in the same way as those of the Sec retary of War when he is the ranking official present. 13. The colors of the coast artillery corps have a red field, where those of the infantry have blue ; otherwise they are the same as the infantry colors, except for the yellow scroll and the crossed cannon. 14. The Chief of Staff has colors with a field made up of a red and a white triangle, the red triangle having its base on the staff. On the center is the familiar spread eagle qf * the national coat-of-arms imposed upon a large",. white star; a small white star on the red and . a red star on the white complete the design, except for golden fringe, cord, and tassels-. This flag is flown when the Chief of Staff is in the presence of troops the ranking officer. 15. The engineer colors are red, the lettered scroll being white, bearing above it the engi neer device, a castellated fort. 16. The colors of the corps -of cadets dis penses with the familiar red and blue for- a field, gray being substituted therefor.. > Instead( •of the coat-of-arms there is an (escutcheon bearing the national colors, with a cap' of Mars on the field, and surmounted by an eagle. The cadet colors are fringed with yellow and black, and gray. 17. The national standard used by mounted troops and the national colors used by un mounted troops are exactly alike, except that the colors are larger and have cords and tas sels, as on the President's colors. 18. The cavalry standard has a field of yel low and, except in size, is otherwise like the infantry colors, without cords or tassels. 19. The field artillery standard is like the coast artillery colors, except that the crossed cannon between the eagle and the scroll are omitted. 20. The mounted engineers' standard has the castellated fort to distinguish it. 21. The standard of the United States Sig nal Corps is distinguished by the wig-wag flags between the eagle and the lettered scroll. 52. This is the national standard as used by our light artillery in the War of 1812. The artillery did not carry the Stars and Stripes until 1834, the infantry until 1841, and the cav alry until 1887. 23. This is the guidon used by each troop of cavalry. The figure shows the regiment and the letter the troop. 24. The guidon of the field artillery is dis tinguished by crossed cannons. 25. The word "Mounted" above the castel lated fort proclaims the mounted engineers' guidon. 26. The guidon . of the mounted engineer section does not have the panel bearing the word "Mounted." 27. The signal corps guidon bears the wig wag flags. 28. The aero squadron's guidon duplicates that of the signal corps, except that the flying eagle is added. 29. Telegraph company guidons show the wig-wag flags with a thunderbolt. 30. This triangular pennant serves as the guidon of the motor-truck company. 31. The field hospital guidon bears the ca- duceus of Hermes given him by Apollo and supposed to be a magic wand which exercises influence over living and dead. This guidon is lettered "F. H." 32. Ambulance companies have a guidon like that of the field hospital service, except that the lettering is different. 33. The field hospital flag is the familiar , red cross on the white field. A rectangle be- "to'w shows the night signal. S-_L 34. The guidon of the cavalry and light ar- 'rillery 'during the Civil War. Prior to that ' ' war the cavalry used 23, and on the adoption ofi 34 General Sheridan made 23 his personal colors. Upon becoming Secretary of War he ¦¦' fetired/JS4 from use and restored 23 as the guidon of the- cavalry as it had been prior to the;great conflict. 35. .When a lieutenant general of the army is in an automobile or aboard a boat officially the three-starred flag of command is shown. 36. The auto and boat flag of a major gen eral is like that -of the lieutenant general, ex cept that ij has rwo stars instead of three. 37^ The'hrigadier general's automobile and boat flag bears the one star of the brigadier's rank. 38. The chief umpire in military maneuvers in times of peace bears a flag with a saltire cross upon it, like that of St. Andrew. 39. The . flag of an artillery district com mander bears crossed cannons with a shell im posed upon the intersection. 40. The flag of a post commander carried in the bow of a boat in which he is embarked officially is a pennant with thirteen stars in the blue, with a red fly. 41. The ambulance flag is a white field and a red cross. The night signal is shown below the flag. 42. The ammunition trains of the United States Army display a triangular pennant, which is accorded the right of way in time of battle. 43. The camp colors of an army are 18 by 20 inches and displayed on an ash pole 8 feet long and V/% inches diameter. 44. The white field with its centered cross proclaims the chaplain. This flag is used for field service only. 45. The transports under Quartermaster's Corps, U. S. Army, fly this flag. 46. This is the distinguishing flag of mine- planters and submarine defense vessels under army control. It consists of a field bearing 309 c^rra :**?*???? ******** j-* **???? .* ******** ^Z^^ : * * * * * * ? * *****?¦** r Ul| i u. s. FLAG AND ENSIGN FLAG— JUNE 14, 1777 ******** ******** ******** ******** ************???* JACK . flag— may i 1795 7 (ft Mchenry flag) 310 O.'.IM,:,!!,. ,, '¦hilllffl CHIEF OF STAFF COLORS riTTTT r TTTTTT HTTT1 ffS» IllIljrjJJULlllIllLLLJjLUIllLlLlLlLT CORPS OF CADETS COLORS 311 UNITED STATES ENSIGM \\tt3EB3EEX3S ? ???? W *4* WHITE STARS / ? ?**?* *)* ? ** M* B (Fly) No. A B C D E F G H 1 J K FEET FEET FOOT FEET FEET FEET FEET FOOT FEET FEET FEET 1 20 38 • .95 9.23 10.77 15.20 1.90 .897 179' 1.23 1.54 2 19 36.10 .903 8.77 10.23 14.44 1.81 .850 1.70 1.17 1.46 3 14.35 27.27 .619 6.62 7.73 10.91 1.24 .642 1.28 .883 1.103 4 12.1.9 23.16 .579 5.63 6.56 9.26 1.16 .545 1.09 .751 .938 5 10 19 .475 4.62 5.38 7.60 .95 .449 .90 .616 .769 6 8.94 16.99 .424 4.13 4.81 G.79 .848 .400 .798 .551 '.687 7 5.14 9.77 .244 2.37 2.77 3.91 .488 .230 .459 .317 .395 8 5 9.S0 237 2.31 2.69 3.80 .475 .224 .449 .3.08 .385 9 3.52 6.69 .167 1.62 1.90 2.68 .335 .158 .316 .271 .271 10 2.90 5.51 .138 1.34 1.56 2.20 .275 .130 .260 .208 .223 II 2.37 4.50 .113 1.09 1.28 1.80 .225 .106 .213 .167 .182 12 1.31 2.49 062 .60 .71 1.00 ..124 .059 .118 .094 .101 ARMY SIZES Nos. L 5 and B BOAT FLAG SIZES Nos. 9.10. Ii and 12 -, ; V- * " FOREIGN ENSIGNS No. A B 1 2 FEET 13.12 8.75 VARIABLE VARIABLE UNION JACK ****** *f* ****** *j* BLUE FIELD / * * * * * * *-(? WHITE STARS f-J-4 I ****** *4* ****** tM* -C-4 — G — + — G + — G — 4 — G — 4 — G — 4 — G — <|— G-| — -)f-C- ****** *f* B (Fly) ¦ UNION JACK No. A B C H 1 G J FEET FEET FOOT FOOT FEET FEET FEET 2 10.23 14.44 .902 .850 1.705 1.805 1.170 3 7.72 10.91 .613 .642 1.281 1.238 .883 4 6.56 9.26 .579 .545 1.089 1.158 .751 6 4.81 6.79 .424 .400 .798 .848 .551 7 2.77 3.91 .244 .230 .459 .488 .317 SECRETARY ADMIRAL. ' SENIOR OFFICER °F THE NAVY VICE ADMIRAL "c PRESENT SEE FLAGS 49 8 53 SEE FLAGS 64T066 SEE FLAG 68 No. A B A B A B FEET FEET FEET FEET FEET FEET 1 10.20 14.40 10.20 14.40 8.00 6.40 2 7.73 10.88 7.73 10.88 6.56 5.25 4 3.60 5.13 4.81 6.77 4.90 3.90 6 3.60 5.13 A. DIAGRAM AND TABLE TO SHOW THE EXACT PROPORTION AND POSITION OF EACH FEATURE OE THE STARS AND STRIPES, ACCORDING TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE ARMY AND NAVY 312 thereon crossed cannons and a mine, with the words "Submarine Defense." 47. Army vessels engaged in the ordnance service fly this distinguishing flag. 48. Vessels in the engineer service fly flags bearing as a distinguishing mark the castel lated fort which is the emblem of the Engi neer Corps. 49. The flag of the Secretary of the Navy consists of a blue field bearing four white stars, one in each corner, and a centered an chor. When that official is aboard any vessel of the navy his flag is displayed at the main mast and when on a boat it is displayed from a staff in its bows. 50. This is the major commission pennant of the United States Navy. It is flown at the . main mastjjf -all of the larger ships of the navy. as long as they are in commission, except when they have an officer above the rank of captain aboard, when the flag of command takes its place. 51. The seven-star pennant is flown by the lesser ships of the navy when in commission, such as submarines and other small craft. It is used by captains of ships as their pennant, and is carried in the bows of boats on which they are embarked on an official visit. 52. The national colors of the United States Marine Corps bear on the middle stripe of red the words "U. S. Marine Corps." Regiments carry them together with the regimental colors. 53. The flag of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy is white with blue stars and blue anchor, an interchange of the colors of the Secretary's flag. It is displayed at the main mast when the Assistant Secretary is the rank ing officer present. 54. This pennant is carried by vessels of the naval militia while in commission and is displayed at the main mast, unless the com manding officer has the rank of commodore, when 73 replaces the pennant. 55. The colors of the United States Marine Corps are kept at headquarters in Washington. They bear in Latin the motto, "Always faith ful." 56. The flag of the United States naval re serve is displayed on vessels which have been given a certificate that they belong to the re serve forces. 57. When the navy lands its men as infan try for shore duty, they carry a blue flag upon which is centered a diamond of white, bearing a blue anchor. 58. When an Ambassador of the United States goes aboard a vessel of the navy on official business the boat upon which he is em barked bears in its bow the navy jack. The jack is also used by the naval governors of Guam, Tutuila, and the Virgin Islands of the United States when afloat within their juris diction. The jack is nearly always the canton of a nation's ensign when the latter has a can ton as one of its features. 59. The regimental colors of the United States Marine Corps has a field of blue upon which is imposed an anchor, and over this the Western Hemisphere surmounted by the Amer ican spread-eagle. Scrolls of red above and below the design proclaim the number of the regiment and the name of the corps. 60. Vessels of the naval militia display this flag at the fore mast as a distinguishing mark The flag consists of a blue ground, a yellow diamond imposed thereon, bearing the blue anchor of the navy. 61. When the navy lands artillery battal ions for shore duty the flag they carry has a red field, with a centered diamond of white, upon which appears a red anchor. 62. The colors of the United States Naval Academy have a blue field, gold fringe, and a centered white diamond, bearing an anchor in white and blue. These colors are carried with the national colors by the- regiment of mid shipmen. 63. The colors of the United States Marine Corps carried between 1830 and 1850 had a white field, gold fringe, and bore an' elaborate design in the center, at the top of which was the legend, "From the Shores of Tripoli to the Halls or Montezuma," having reference to the engagements the marines participated in from the beginning of the Tripolitan War and the ending of the War with Mexico. 64. The flag of the senior admiral of the navy is blue and bears four stars in the fnrm of a cross. This flag is displayed at the main mast of the admiral's flagship, taking the place of the commission pennant (50) used on ves sels other than flagships. It, along with those of the vice admiral, rear admiral, and commo dore, is called -a flag of command. The flags used today correspond to the Gadsden flag (398) flown by Esek Hopkins when he took command of the navy at Philadelphia, Decem ber 3, 1775. 65. The flag of the vice admiral has three stars. 66. A rear admiral's flag has two stars. 67. The flag of a commodore has one stat and is a burgee. There are no commodores in , active service in the American navy, although ! there are several on the retired list. That grade ! has been abolished from the naval service. 68. When vessels of the navy are together and no flag officer is present, the senior officer | hoists at the starboard main yard arm a blue ! triangular pennant as a badge of command. ' 69. The flag of the Major General Com mandant of the Marine Corps has a red field with two white stars in the lower half and above them the eagle-crested hemisphere im posed upon an anchor which is the emblem of the corps. 70. A junior admiral in the presence of a senior flies a flag similar to that of the senior admiral, with the exception that the field is red instead of blue. 71. A junior vice admiral in the presence of a senior vice admiral flies a red flag bear ing the three stars of his rank. 72. Rear admirals of junior grade fly a red flag bearing two stars while in the presence of rear admirals senior to them. 73. The commodore of the Naval Militia carries a broad pennant, the upper half blue and the lower half yellow, on the blue half of which appears a five-pointed star. 74. When a consul goes aboard a vessel of the navy on official business, a blue flag with a centered letter "C" inclosed in a circle of thir- 313 145 VESSELS l TRANSPORT SERVICE NGINEER VESSELS 314 ADMIRAL (SENIOR) ;en ior _ OFFICER 65 VICE ADMIRAL 66REAR ADMIRAL 67 COM M ODO R E 68 PRESENT 69MAJ GENL ij 5. M ~~ 315 teen white stars flies in the bows of the boat in which he is embarked. 75. The flag of a brigadier general of the United States Marine Corps is similar to that of a major general (69), except that it carries one star instead of two. 76. The flag of the commander of a de stroyer flotilla is a swallow-tail pennant of plain white bordered above and below with blue. 77. The commander of a submarine force has a triangular swallow-tail pennant bordered above with blue and below with red. 78. The commanders of district- patrol forces carry a swallow-tail pennant having a white field bordered by red above and below. 79. Section commanders of the patrol force carry a smaller duplicate of 78, with the num ber of the section in Roman numerals thereon. 79^2. The division commander of the patrol force carries a red-bordered white triangular pennant with- the number of the division in Arabic notation. 80. When submarines are operating in times of peace a submarine warning flag is flown on their tenders,' while the submarine itself bears on one of its periscopes a small metal flag of the same design. 81. The boat flag of a post commander of the United States Marine Corps is a triangular pennant of blue and red, blue at the hoist and red in the fly, with thirteen white stars on the blue and the insignia of the Marine Corps on the red. 82. Destroyer division commanders carry a white triangular pennant bordered with . blue, with their numbers indicated on the white field. 83. The flag of a division commander of the submarine force is a white triangle bor dered with blue at the top and red below, showing the number of the division in red on the white. 84. The battle efficiency pennant is one of the most coveted trophies of the American navy. There is one for each class of ships, such as battleships, destroyers, and submarines. The ship of a given class which, during the preceding year, has shown bj^ her practice and performance the ability to hit most often and quickest, to steam the farthest with the least expenditure of fuel, water, etc., to run longest without breakdown, and which otherwise gives evidence that she might be expected to give a better account of herself in a battle than any other vessel of her class, is awarded the privi lege of flying the battle efficiency pennant dur ing the ensuing year. There is the keenest rivalry between the competing vessels of a class, and this little red triangular flag with the black disk is prized next to victory in bat tle itself. 85. This flag is flown by vessels engaged in convoy duty. When ships are engaged in ma neuvers or are maneuvering in compound for mation, this pennant is an indication to the other vessels of the division to take bearing and distance from the ship bearing it. 86. Hospital ships fly the Red Cross flag, and under international law they are immune from attack, unless it can be shown that the ship flying it fails to respect all of the provisions of the international compact made at Geneva. 87. This is the flag under which the marine corps moves quartermaster's supplies for its men. 88. The interrogatory flag is used in signal ing when one ship wants to make a signal in the interrogatory form or to announce that it does not understand a signal. 89. The preparatory flag is displayed with a signal in order that preparations may be made to execute the signal itself uniformly and simultaneously. When the signal alone is hauled down, the ships having made ready, execute the signal. It is also hoisted when the ceremony of hoisting the colors in the morning and taking- it in at sunset is the next thing on the program. It is raised five min utes before the ceremony begins. Upon being hauled down by the flagship, all ships execute the colors ceremony simultaneously. 90. This flag is displayed either to counter mand the last signal made or the one then be ing shown. 91. This pennant has two uses. Its first use is in answering a call for a semaphore or wig wag message, being hoisted half way when the ship is ready to receive the message, and all the way when the message has been completely received. It is then hauled down. Used thus, it might be said to be the "Aye, aye, sir" flag of the navy. Its other use is as a decimal or divisional flag in flags indicating numerals and quantities. 92. This is the "No" flag of the navy. It is used to negative a request, or to say "No" to a question. 93. The brigade pennant of the United States Marine Corps has a swallow-tailed blue field, with the number of the brigade and the initials of the corps in gold. 94. When a ship asks permission of the flagship to do this or that, the | force com mander hoists this flag with the number dis tinguishing the vessel making the request, as a sign that it has been granted. 95. The yellow flag, as is well known, is the one which proclaims that there is conta gious disease aboard. 96. This flag has two uses. Hoisted at the main mast, it means that the vessel displaying it is engaged on dispatch duty. It is always carried in a roll at the fore mast of vessels -in formation, so that it can be displayed, or "broken out," as the sailors say, instantly, to indicate an accident or derangement on board that vessel and to warn other ships to keep clear. Hoisted half way, clear of the smoke stack, it indicates a man overboard. 97. The church pennant is always displayed when divine services on board are in progress. 98. The cornet flag, displayed at the yard arm, calls all vessels present to receive a sema phore or wig-wag message. Displayed at the fore mast, it is notice to all officers and men to come on board at once. 99. The guidon of the United States Marine Corps has a blue field, is gold fringed, and bears in gold on the field the initials of the corps. 100. This flag, displayed with 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, no, and in, indicates that they represent in value the numerals given below them. If those flags are not displayed 316 in connection with 100, they have other mean ings, both in the navy code and in the inter national code. 109. Displayed with a numeral signal, this flag summons the boat which has been assigned that particular number to return to the ship. Displayed alone, it recalls all boats then absent from the ship on which it is flying. 112. These are the semaphore flags used in the navy. 113. These are the wig-wag flags used in signal operations ashore and afloat. 114-115-116. These pennants are used to repeat the first, second, and third flags in the hoist. 117. This is a pennant very much in use, and when a ship is at anchor especially wel come to the crew. It is the meal signal. When a ship is under way it indicates that the vessel is making more than standard speed for some purpose or other. When hoisted below the admiral's flag on his flagship, it indicates^ that that officer is about to leave. 118. This pennant is 'displayed from the yard arm of a flag officer's ship when he is absent. 119. The powder flag is displayed at the fore mast when a ship is taking on board powder or munitions. It is also carried in boats and lighters used in transporting ammu nition. 120-17!. These flags are used in designating various divisions and ships of the naval forces. INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS 172-197. The international code of signals is a great universal dictionary which makes communication everj'where intelligible, regard less of the tongue spoken by those using it. A ship using a signal book printed in English can communicate with a vessel using a book printed in| French or Italian as easily as if the second ship were using an English book. The international code of signals consists of twenty-six flags — one for each letter of the alphabet — and a code pennant. By means of these flags 375,000 different signals can be made. This code was adopted by international agreement in January, 1901, and is almost en tirely based on a system of signaling by flags devised by the British Government in 1856. The code consists of nineteen square flags (179-197), two burgee flags (172-173), and five; pennants (174-178) and the code or answering pennant (213). 1 When hoisted under the ensign (1 for United States, 829 for Great Britain, 743 for France, etc.), the code pennant (213) denotes a signal taken from the international code. When hoisted by itself at the masthead, or where it can best be seen, it is the answering pennant. One-flag signals are for use only between vessels towing and being towed. The flag is then exhibited by being held in the hand or by : hoisting at the stay or fore shrouds or to the j gaff, according to circumstances. I Two-flag signals are urgent and important signals, and are made by the code pennant over one flag, or by combinations of any two flags AB to ZY. Three-flag signals are general signals, in cluding compass signals and signals designating moneys, measures and weights, decimals and fractions, auxiliary phrases, etc. Four-flag signals are geographical, alpha betical spelling table, or vessels numbers sig nals. 198-205. These are yacht flags, indicating respectively the absence of the owner, the pres ence of guests, the owner's dinner, the crew's meal, etc. 206-209. These figures show how the dots and dashes of the United States army and navy wig-wag code are made by flag-wavers (see illustration on another page). 210-212. These are the semaphore flags of the United States army, the boy scouts, and the British forces. The boy scouts of Amer ica, several hundred thousand strong, and tens of thousands of boys who do not belong to that organization, are fast learning to com municate with one another by means of flags. 213. A ship wishing to make a signal hoists her ensign (1 for United States, 829 for Great Britain, 743 for France, etc.) with this code flag under it (see note under 172-197). 214-217^ These figures show the numbering and coloring of buoys as seen coming from the sea, and illustrated by the alliteration "red, right, returning." 218-219. These figures represent respect ively the masthead light required by the inter- nationaTTrules of the road for steam trawlers and the area required to be ' covered by -the starboard and port running lights, the mast head and optional range lights, and the stern lights of steam vessels. 220-223. These are the day signals for a pilot, the first being the jack, , in this case the United ' States jack, at the fore, the next two flags showing the signal P. T. and S. respec tively, and the third the distance signal, con sisting of, balls and cone. 224-229. Signals of distress include the S. O. S. call — three dots, three dashes, and three dots — the inverted ensign, etc. A continuous sounding with any fog signal is also a signal of distress. 230. Night pilot signals include flashes of one minute duration at frequenting intervals, or a blue light showing every fifteen minutes. 231-233. Night signals of distress are made through gun fire at intervals of one minute, by flames from a tar or oil barrel, rockets, or. bombs. COAST GUARD SIGNALS 234-238. All manned Coast Guard stations of the United States are equipped with inter national code flags, and are prepared to send or receive signals in that code or by means of the International Morse Code. Practically all the stations are provided with means of tele phonic communication through which the tele graph lines may be reached. The following signals, recommended by the International Marine Conference for adoption by all institutions for saving life from wrecked vessels, have been adopted by the Coast Guard of the United States : Upon the discovery of a wreck by night, the station crew will burn a red pyrotechnic light 317 BHBB Z AND FORCE COM'DRS. 318 NATIONAL ©QOO FRENCH 241 U S INFANTRY DHQHHHKKDD BRITISH 243 BELGIUM RUSSIA COMPANY SIGNAL FLAGS Ivl I L I T I A AND VOLUNTEERS ? B3 FIRST BATTALION SECOND BATTALION THIRD BATTALION FIRST BATTALION SECOND THIRD -249-- -.-.&... '-2^te-,= B2A5r %¥¦ 249 250 ARMY HEADQUARTERS DISTINGUISHING FLAGS AND LANTE- ¦SlBlHiMBMB M H HI -.FANTP-. ARTILLERY INFANTRY J'MFILLD .-akMY|j2J5 DIVISION U256 BR IG A DE U257B R IG A DE 319 T CD SB POST 261 OFFICE or a red rocket to signify, "You are seen; as»" sistance will be given as soon as possible" (234)- ' A red flag waved on shore by day, or a red light, red rocket, or red roman candle displayed by night, will signify, "Haul away" (235). A white flag waved on shore by day, or a white light swung slowly back and forth, or a white rocket or white roman candle fired by night, will signify, "Slack away" (236). Two flags, a white and a red, waved at the same time on shofe by, day, or two lights, a white and a red, slowly swung at the same time, o|r a blue pyrotechnic light burned by night, 'iill signify, i "Do not attempt to land" in your- own boats-; it' is impossible" (237). A man on shore beckoning by day, or two torches burning near together by night, will signify, "This is" the best place to land" (238). Any of these signals may be answered from the vessel as follows : In the day-time, by wav ing a flag, a handkerchief, a hat, or even the hand ; at night, by firing a rocket, a blue light, or a gun, or by showing a light over the ship's gunwale for a short time and then concealing it. 239-246. The insignia qf the airplanes of the various countries "are" here shown. The United States makes use of the five-pointed star, Great Britain still retains her three crosses of the union jack, Germany marks hers with the Prussian black cross, and Turkey displays the'familiar star and crescent. 248-253. These represent the company sig nal flags of the U. S. infantry and of the militia and volunteers. 254-261. Distinguishing flags and lanterns of army headquarters. 262. The flag of the Secretary of the Treas ury, who is Commander-in-Chief of the Coast Guard and Public Health Service, has a blue field with crossed anchors in white centered thereon, the design surrounded by thirteen white five-pointed stars. This flag is flown when the Secretary of the Treasury is aboard vessels of the Treasury s^r'ice. 263. The U. S. Coast Guard flag was adopted in 1799 for the Revenue Cutter Serv ice, now merged with the Life Saving Service into the Coast Guard. The sixteen vertical stripes proclaim the sixteen States that were in the " Union at the time the design was adopted ; its red eagle, with the stars above and the escutcheon on its breast, bespeaks the Federal service. The badge on the seventh red stripe bears, a shield surrounded by the motto, "Semper Paratus 1790" (Always prepared). It appears on the flag to show that it represents the Coast Guard. The same flag without the badge denotes the custom houses of the United States. In time of war the Coast Guard oper ates as a part of the United States Navy and then uses the flags and pennants' of the naval service. 264-265. The design of the arms on the flags of the Secretary and Assistant Secretary of Commerce are identical, except for the transposition of colors. It is taken from thfe' official seal of the department' and shows on the upper part of the escutcheon a ship at full sail and on the lower part a lighthouse illu mined. The service flag is hoisted at the fore mast on holidays, on occasions of official cere monies, when entering a port after an extended voyage, aftd at any other . time when the na tional ensign is hoisted. At no time should a 'service flag be displayed without the national ensign. These, flags are shown as follows: 268,, 272, 276, 280. 266. The Assistant Secretary of the Treas ury has the same flag as the Secretary of the Treasury, except that the colors are trans posed. His flag is never flown in the presence of the flag, of his ranking officer,, 262. 267. The pennant of the U S. '.Coast Guard has .thirteen stars and vertical red and white stripes. It was adopted in 1799, and is always displayed by Coast Guard cutters in commis sion. In time of war the Coast Guard oper ates as part of the U. S. Navy and wears the commission pennant of the navy. 268. The service flag of the Bureau of Navigation, with its white ship in a red .disc on a blue ground Is flown by all vessels of the Navigation Service during daylight hours. 269. The flag of the Commissioner of Navi gation is blue, bearing a full-rigged ship in white in the center. It is flown on Department of Commerce vessels when the Commissioner of Navigation is on board. 270. The flag of the Customs Service is the same as that of the Coast Guard, except that the badge of the latter is omitted. 271. The jack of the Coast Guard Service is a reproduction of the, canton ,of the ensign of the same service. The jack of the Coast Guard is riSe'S only at parades on-shore. Since the natiojiaL-&nsign has been used as the en sign of the Coast Guard, the old Coast Guard ensign is used only as a distinguishing flag, and the only jack displayed on vessels of the Coast Guard is 4. 272. A white fish on a red diamond im posed upon a blue ground constitutes the flag flown by the vessels of the Bureau of Fish eries. It was adopted in 1896. 273. The Commissioner of Fisheries has one of the newest flags in the Federal service. It is a blue banner with a white fish in the center and was adopted July 22, 19 13. 274. The flag of the U. S. Public Health Service was adopted in 1894. s It is the inter national yellow quarantine flag with the serv ice shield thereon. The fouled anchor Stands for the seamen in need of assistance, and the caduceus represents the herald or physician who is to bring restored health. 275. This is the flag of the senior officer present, and is flown in the Coast Guard to indicate that the ship which displays it bears the force commander. 276. The flag of the Bureau of Lighthouses is a white triangular, pennant, red bordered, and bearing in the white field, parallel with the staff -and next to it, a blue lighthouse. 277. fhe flag of the Commissioner of Lighthouses has the white field and blue light house of the service flag placed upon a square field of blue. 278. The Surgeon General of the U. S. Public Health Service flies a flag of blue, bear ing the fouled anchor, of the official shield of the -service. The design is -white. -- 3-20 279. Coast Guard cutters patrolling the anchorage grounds of the large harbors of the United States fly at their jackstaff a flag of white upon which is imposed a blue anchor. 280. The service flag of the Coast and Geo detic Survey consists of a blue field upon which is imposed a disc of white, bearing within its circumference a triangle of red. 281. The Superintendent of the Coast and Geodetic Survey has a flag with a blue field bearing a white triangle on the half next to the staff. This triangle, which is equilateral, proclaims the great work of fundamental sur veying in United States waters, which is the chief activity of this bureau. 282. The 30th Congress, August .7,' 1848, au thorized "That ail such licensed yachts shall use a signal of the form, size, and colors pre scribed by the Secretary of the. Navy, and the owners thereof shall at all times permit the naval architects in the employ 'of the United States to examine and copy the models of said yachts." 283-284. The commission pennants of the Coast and Geodetic Survey are. here shown. They are flown at the main mast while the vessels are in commission. 285. The Secretary of Labor has a flag upon which are the four stars that the President and other members of his official family have on their flags, together with the seal of the De partment of Labor. This includes an escutch eon surmounted by a spread eagle, and bearing on its field the plow and other devices which proclaim the dignity of labor. 286. Vessels of the U. S. Immigration Serv ice display a pennant whose field is of white, bordered with blue and lettered with red. It is of a swallow-tailed, triangular design (or burgee) and bears, in addition to the lettering, the seal of the department to which it belongs. 287. Vessels belonging to the U. S. Postal Service fly a red, swallow-tailed, triangular pennant (or burgee), bordered with blue, bear ing the American spread eagle and inscribed with the words "United States Mail." 288. The United States power-boat squad rons carry a flag like the yacht ensign, except Lhat it wears perpendicular blue stripes where the yacht ensign has horizontal red ones, and lias a red canton where the yacht ensign has one of blue. 289-3OO. U. S. WEATHER FORECAST FLAGS AND STORM WARNINGS 289, white flag, indicates clear or fair weather. 1, -3,90, blue flap, indicates rain or snow. .<2'9i, white and blue flag (parallel bars of white and blue), indicates that local rains or, showers will occur, and that the rainfall will not be general. 292 always refers to temperature; when placed above (289,290,291) it indicates warmer weather ; when placed below it indicates colder weather ; when not displayed, the indications are that the temperature will remain stationary, or that the change in temperature will not vary more than four degrees from the temperature of the same hour of the preceding day from March to October, inclusive, and not more than six degrees for the remaining months of the year. 293, white flag, with black square in center, indicates the approach of a sudden and decided fall in temperature. When 293 is displayed, 292 is always omitted. When displayed on poles the flags should be arranged to read downward ; when displayed from horizontal supports a small streamer should be attached to indicate the point from which the flags are to be read. In the United States the system of weather signals is very complete, information of the approach of storms being received from vari ous stations in the United States, and even throughout 'the West Indies. These warnings are published at the various seaports by the display of flags by day and by lanterns at night; also by bulletins and reports furnished to newspapers. Every effort is made by the Weather Bureau of the United States Depart ment of Agriculture to give these warnings as early as possible at all points where they may be of service to mariners and others. Storm warnings are displayed by the United States Weather Bureau at 142 stations. on the Atlantic and Gulf coasts and at 46 stations on the Pacific coast. (294) Small-craft warnings. — A red pennant indicates that moderately strong winds are ex pected. (295, 296, 298, 299) Storm warnings. — A red flag, with a black center, indicates that, a storm of marked violence is expected. The pennants displayed with the flags indi cate the direction of the wind : Red, easterly ; white, westerly. The pennant above the flag indicates that the wind is expected to blow from the northerly quadrants ; below, from southerly quadrants. (297) By night a red light indicates easterly winds, and a white light below a red light west erly winds. (300) Hurricane warnings. — Two red flags, with black centers, displayed one above the other, indicate the expected approach of a tropical hurricane, or one of those extremely severe and dangerous storms which occasion ally move across the Lakes and northern At lantic coast. Small-craft and hurricane warnings are not displayed at night. ! M 3; 321 9RS IJ s POWER ° SQUADRONS WEATHER FORFCAST FLAGS 297 STORM WARNINGS 322 323 G P. a CJ 'rt J3 6 fi cu .c C/i bu E o "3 c en bJB « it ££ c bo- a rt ™ JH , C w ,Q CD W "P.-X u ^ fe ¦32 ft* c — > &.!• r4 .-. CO 52 a >h .° V > ¦a jj < o *» W ^s h-i c"~ 0 en JH ft fi M o ¦S.S ft 'en 5? ft* FH n* a w Ph en o a> -3 i X . is h-"0 1 m ° O encu CD l_ ft* a y-o z cu — < en "74 CD p « a ou ft* *^ +J .Q S 329 minii 'iLiiiiiiiiirrfir mmnnffi CALIFORNIA REPUBLIC milllllilMi. ' ¦' HUlillllllIln - •' '-'".: ' HHaRII ^3B'^^Sr'<*s\ i"^-^B SmhBbAb 33 H 1 330 W 1 SCON SIN ;aliforni,a MINNESOTA 330 331 by an eagle bearing in its beak a streamer carrying the legend, "United We Stand, Di vided We Fall." It is said that, the original intention of the seal was to represent two friends in hunter's garb, their right hands clasped, their left resting on each other's shoul ders, their feet on the verge of a precipice, which gave significance to the legend. But the engravers for the State have uniformly dressed the figures more to suit their ideals, with vary ing heraldic effect. The escutcheon is sup ported by four United States flags, a drum, and a cannon. 316. Tennessee. — This unique flag was adopted in 1905. It consists of a fly one and two-thirds times as long as if Is wide. At the outer or free end is a blue bar separated from the red field by a thin white stripe. Superim posed upon the red field is a circular diskof blue separated from the field by a thin circle of white, its width the same as the width o,f the white stripe separating the blue bar from the red field. Upon the blue of the circular disk are arranged three five-pointed stars of white, distributed at equal intervals around a point which is .the ceritef of the blue field. Tennessee was • the third -State to join the Union (after the- original thirteen), a fact which the three star's retail. 317. Ohio has the only pennant-shaped flag among all the States... The law making it the official ensign of the "Buckeye State" was adopted in 1902. The outer quarter of the field is- swallow-tailed, the field itself consist ing of five stripes — three red and two white — red at the bottom and top. At the staff end of the field is a triangular blue canton with the base resting on the staff and the apex reaching half way across the field. On this canton is a large circular "O" in white, inside .rjf which is a red disk. Seventeen stars, representing all of the States at the time of Ohio's entrance into the Union, appear grouped around the circular "O." All of these stars are five- pointed. 318. Louisiana. — Those who contend that the. Stars and Stripes were used unofficially long before they were adopted by the Conti nental Congress, on June 14, 1777, can point to the history of the Louisiana State flag as show ing that banners are often used unofficially long before being officially adopted. . It is said that this flag is a hundred years old, having become the unofficial flag of Louisiana about the time of the War of 1812, yet it was not legally adopted until July I, 1912. The meas ure making it the flag of the State is simply a statute of ratification, and sets forth that it shall consist of a solid blue field with the coat- of-arms of the State, a pelican feeding its young, the ribbon beneath, also in white, con taining in blue the motto of the State, "Union, Justice, Confidence." The law provides that the flag shall be displayed on the State House whenever the General Assembly is in session and on public buildings throughout the State on all regular holidays and whenever other wise decreed by the Governor or the General Assembly. 319. Indiana. — Although the legislature of the State of Indiana declared in 1901 that its official banner should be no other than the American flag itself, it reconsidered this action in 19 17 and adopted a State emblem. The field of the flag is blue; its dimensions are five feet six inches fly by four feet four inches on the staff, and upon the field is centered a flaming torch in gold, or buff, with ..lineteen stars. Thirteen stars are circled around the torch, representing the original thirteen States. In side this circle is a half circle of five stars below the torch, representing the five States admitted to the Union prior to Indiana. The outer circle of stars is so arranged that one of them appears directly in the middle at the top of the circle. The word "Indiana" _ is placed in a half circle over a large star, typifying the State, which is situated just above the flame of the torch. Rays from the torch radiate to the three stars of the outer circle. This banner is to be carried in addition to fhe American flag by the militia forces of Indiana and^in all pub lic functions in which the State officially ap pears. 320. Mississippi is one, of the States that have had more than one r'flag. The old flag was white with a blue canton with a single white star thereon. On-'therpctdy of the white was a green tree. The flag" was fringed with red and the pike was surmounted by a toma hawk. After the Civil War the State adopted a new flag. This consists of a blue, white, and red field, the red at the bottom, with a red canton reaching down to the red stripe of the field. A St. Andrew's cross with thirteen stars is imposed upon the canton. The tomahawk of the old flagstaff is replaced on the new pike by a regulation spear head. 321. Illinois' State flag was authorized in the year 1915. The law provides that the re production of the emblem on the great seal of Illinois be permitted when reproduced in black or in natural colors on a white background for use as a State banner. The seal of the State of Illinois was adopted in 1819, the year after the State was admitted, to the Union. In the center is an American eagle perched on an American shield; back of, the shield and help ing to support it is an olive branch. In its beak the eagle holds a scroll containing the motto, "State Sovereignty — National Union." 322. Alabama's colors were adopted by the act of February 16, 1895, which provides that the flag of the State shall be a crimson cross of St. Andrew upon a field of white; the bars forming the cross shall be not les.s than six inches broad, and must extend diagonally across the flag from side to side. The flag shall be hoisted on the dome of the capital when the two houses of the legislature are in session, and shall be used by the State on all occasions when it may be necessary or con sistent to display a flag, except when in the opinion of the Governor the national flag should be displayed. It is said that the pur pose of the legislature in enacting the State flag law was to preserve in permanent form some of the more distinctive features of the Confederate battle flag, especially the St. Andrew's cross (see 375). This being true, the1 Alabama flag should be square in all its lines and measurements and conform to the well-known battle flag of the Confederacy. 332 323. Maine's present flag dates from the year 1909. It consists* of a field of blue, the same color as the blue field in the flag of the United States, the flag being five feet six inches long and four feet four inches wide. In the center there is embroidered in silk on both sides the ,coat-of-arms of the State, in propor tionate size. The edges of the flag are trimmed with modern fringe of yellow silk two and a half inches wide. A cord and tassel, to be attached to the staff at the spearhead, is eight feet six inches long and composed of white and. blue strands. The length of the staff is nine feet, including the brass spearhead and ferrule. The laws protecting the State flag are the same as those protecting the national flag. Any one who uses it for purposes of adver tisement or who mutilates, tramples, or other wise defaces or defiles it, whether public or private property, shall be punished by a fine of not less than five nor more than fifty dollars. 324. Missouri formally adopted an official flag in 1913. It is rectangular in shape, the vertical width being seven-twelfths the hori zontal length. The field consists of one red, one white, and one blue horizontal stripe of equal width, the red at the top and the blue at the bottom. In the center there is a band of blue in the form of a circle inclosing the coat- of-arms in the colors established by law. The width of the blue band is one-fourteenth the vertical width of the flag, and the diameter of the circle is one-third the horizontal length of the flag. In the blue band there are set at equal distances from each other twenty-four five-pointed stars. Within the circle on a ground of white is the coat-of-arms of the State. The sinister (left) half of the circular shield shows the American eagle as it appears upon the great seal of the' United States. The upper dexter (right) quarter is blue, with a white crescent. The lower dexter quarter is red, with a grizzly . bear. . It is .supported by two grizzly bears. 325. Arkansas as early as 1876 used an of ficial State flag at the Centennial Exposition in Philadelphia. This was a red field bearing the arms of the State. But this design was never recognized by the legislature. Instead, in 1913, a committee, of which the Secretary of State was chairman, examined a number of designs and selected one for the emblem of the Commonwealth. This the General Assembly adopted by concurrent resolution, approved February 26, 1913. It consists of a red field upon which is imposed a blue-bordered white diamond bearing the word "Arkansas'" and three five-pointed stars, in blue. On the blue border of the diamond are twenty-five five- pointed white stars, which proclaim the fact that Arkansas was the twenty-fifth State to be come a part of the American Union. 326. Michigan's present flag dates from 191 1, when an act was passed to adopt and pre scribe the design of the coat-of-arms and a State flag, and their use, and also to prohibit their desecration in any way. The law pro vides that the flag of the State shall be blue, with the coat - of - arms superimposed on the center. The coat-of-arms consists of the de vice and inscription of the great seal of the State presented by Lewis Cass through the con stitutional convention held preliminary to its admission into the Union. Only the words "The Great Seal of the State of Michigan, A. D. 1835," al"e omitted. The coat-of-arms consists principally of a shield with the device "Tuebor" (I will defend), supported by an elk and a moose, rampant. An American eagle with wings outstretched forms the crest. On the lower part of the shield is a rising sun and a man, dressed in rustic garb, standing on a peninsula, his right arm raised and his left resting on a gun stock. On an unending scroll below appears the motto, "Si quaeris peninsu- lam, amoenam, circumspice" (If thou seekest a beautiful peninsula, look around). 327. Florida has had several State flags, but the present one dates from 1899. In that year the Florida Legislature adopted a joint reso lution providing that the dimensions of the flag- should be three-fourths as wide as long, and that in the center of the field should be placed the seal of the State, its diameter to be one- third the length of the flag and its ground to be white. Red bars with the width one-eighth the length of the flag extending from each corner toward the center to the outer rim of the seal. In the seal appears a view of the sun's rays, a highland in the distance, a cocoa- nut tree, a steamboat on water, and an Indian woman scattering flowers in the foreground. The words "In God We Trust" appear on the inner rim of the device. Florida's seal was adopted by the Constitutional Convention of 1868 and has been ratified by succeeding con ventions. 328. Texas.— The lone star flag of Texas dates from the days of the Republic. The third Congress of the embryo nation fixed its design, which has never been altered. It con sists of a blue perpendicular bar next to the staff, one-third the length of the flag, with a star of five points in the center. The other two-thirds of the flag is made up of two hori zontal bars, of equal width, one white and the other red, the white at the top. Some years ago a hoodlum committed an act of desecration against the flag, which was roundly punished by a native Texan. The State legislature was so pleased with the performance that it passed a special act commending the man who had thrashed the offender. 329. Iowa is the latest recruit to the list of States having an officially adopted flag. On May 11, 1917, the State Regent of the Daugh ters of American Revolution submitted a de sign to the War Council of Iowa, which promptly approved it. The designrwas copy righted and the committee having charge of its preparation was extended a vote of thanks by the Council. The flag as adopted consists of a field of white, on the upper half of which is an eagle in natural colors in flight, carrying in its beak a long pennant upon which appear the words "Our Liberties We Prize And Out- Rights We Will Maintain." Below this pen nant appears in large block type the word Iowa. The national colors are preserved, the field being white, the lettering of the motto blue, and the word Iowa red. The flag will be of regulation size and form, and copies of it are to be widely distributed by the Daughters of the American Revolution throughout the State. 333 N EW M EXICO 347 ARIZONA 348 534 PO RTO RICO 356 SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR 357 33.=- 330. Wisconsin's State flag was officially adopted in 1913. The law provides that it shall be of dark blue silk, five feet six inches fly and four feet four inches on the pike; the State coat-of-arms is embroidered on each side in silk of appropriate color and design, and the edges of the flag are trimmed with knotted fringe of yellow silk two and one-half inches wide. The pike is nine feet long, including the spearhead and ferrule; the cord eight feet six inches long, with two tassels composed of blue and white silk strands intermixed. Service flags may be of bunting or other material, of such size as may be required, and the coat-of- arms may be represented otherwise than by embroidery. 331. California in 191 1 adopted what is popularly known in the State's history as the "Bear Flag," as the official ensign of the "Gol den Gate" Commonwealth. The law provides that the Bear Flag shall consist of a white field, with a red stripe at the bottom one-sixth as wide as the field. In the upper left-hand corner of the field is a single red star, and at the bottom of the white field the words "Cali fornia Republic." Above these words appears a California grizzly bear upon a grass plat, in the position of walking toward the left of the field. The bear is dark brown in color and in length equal to one-third the length of the flag. The Bear Flag dates from the days of the California pioneers and commemorates the biggest bear known to science, the California grizzly, now extinct. 332. Minnesota adopted her State flag at the same time that she provided for a State flower. The ground is of white silk and the reverse side of blue silk, bordered with bullion fringe. In the center is the State seal wreathed with white moccasin flowers and a blue ground. The red ribbon of the seal, bearing the motto, "L/Etoile du Nord" (Star of the North), is continued through the wreath entwining the blossoms and fluttering over the lower portion of the flag. The seal bears in gold 1819 and 1893, the dates, respectively, of settlement and of the adoption of the flag; also, in variegated gold, is the date 1858, the time of the admis sion of Minnesota into the Union. Below, in gold letters, is wrought "Minnesota." Grouped around the seal are nineteen stars, so arranged that they appear to form the points of a five- pointed star, of which the seal itself is the centr; 1 portion. Four of the points are made up of four stars each ; the fifth point, at the top, is made up of three stars, one of them larger than the others, typifying the North Star and representing the "North Star State." The choice of the number nineteen was made because Minnesota was the nineteenth State after the original thirteen admitted to the Union. The standard of the flag is surmount ed by a gold gopher and tied with a gold cord and tassel. 333- Oregon followed the example of a majority of her sister States in devising her flag by making the field blue with a fringe of gold. The size of the flag is five feet six inches fly and four feet four inches on pike. The yellow fringe is four inches deep and the cord and tassel are blue and white silk intermixed. The length of the pike is ten feet, including the spearhead. The arms of the State are em broidered or painted in the center with the number and arm of the service of the regiment underneath where it. is used as a regimental flag. The arms consist of an inscription sup ported by 32 stars, the number of States in the Union at the time Oregon was admitted, and divided by an ordinary with the inscrip tion, "The Union." Above this inscription is an elk with branching antlers, a wagon, Pacific Ocean, a British man-of-war departing, and an American steamer arriving. Below the inscrip tion is a sheaf, a plow, and a pick-axe. The national shield forms the crest. The figures 1859 proclaim the date of the admission of Oregon into the Union. 334. Kansas is another State which, ac cording to the most careful research, has not officially adopted a flag. The military officials, therefore, have provided a blue flag upon which is centered the coat-of-arms of the State. Ag riculture is represented by the plowman in the foreground, commerce by the river and steam boat in the background. Above the plowman is a wagon train westward bound, following the course of empire, A herd of buffalo is seen retreatitjg,1 pursued by two Indians on horseback. Around the top- is the motto, "Ad astra per aspera (To the-' stars,' through diffi culties). Underneath the motto is a cluster of thirty-four stars, representing the States in the Union at the time of the admission of Kansas. 335- West Virginia.— The St. Louis World's Fair was responsible for the adoption of West Virginia's State flag. The West Virginia State Commission at that exposition found it neces sary to adopt a flag and special design to dis tinguish West Virginia from other States of the Union represented. Therefore, it under took the task of designing a flag itself. The following year the legislature ratified this de sign, amending it only by the addition of a fringe or border of gold or orange. The law provides that the proportions of the flag shall be the same as those of the United States ban ner; that the field shall be pure white, upon the center of which, on the obverse side, shall be the great seal or coat-of-arms of the State, with the motto, "Montani Semper Liberi" (Mountaineers always freemen), and beneath that, in a scroll, the legend, "State of West Virginia." On the reverse side of the flag ap pears a sprig or sprigs of rhododendron maxi mum, or big laurel, the State flower, having a blossom and leaves. The field of pure white is bordered by a strip of blue, and this in turn by a strip or fringe of old gold. The flag of the State is to be employed on all occasions where a special display of the State's individ uality shall become necessary or be regarded as appropriate. 336. Nevada has had several State flag laws, but the one now in force dates from 1915. The flag it authorizes consists of a blue field, in the center of which is placed the great seal of the State of Nevada as designed in 1912. The seal is given a scroll border, and the words "The Great Seal of the State of Nevada" are omitted. Immediately above the seal is the word "Nevada" in silver-colored, block Roman capital letters. Immediately be low the seal, and in the form of a scroll, are 336 the words "All for Our Country." The scroll is red and the lettering gold. Above the center device is a row of eighteen gold-colored stars arranged in an arc, and below it a row oi eighteen silver-colored stars, arranged like wise. Each star has five points, one point be ing placed up. On the seal appear a range of mountains with a sun rising behind them, a railroad train passing a bridge, a cabin and team of horses, a plow, and a sickle. 337. Nebraska's State flag consists of the coat-of-arms or seal on a yellow field. The present seal was adopted in 1867 and is thus described : The eastern part of the circle shows a steamboat ascending the Missouri River ; the mechanic arts are represented by a smith with hammer and anvil in the foreground; agricul ture is pictured by a settler's cabin and sheaves of wheat; in the background a train of cars is seen heading toward the Rocky Mountains. Around the top of this circle, in capital letters, is the motto, "Equal Before the Law." 338. Colorado has given considerable atten tion to its State flag. There was legislation concerning a banner for the Centennial Com monwealth in 1908, but the present flag dates from 191 1. It consists of one white and two blue stripes of equal width and at right angles to the staff. The width of the flag is two- thirds of its length. At a distance of 1/36 of the total length from the staff end of the flag there is a circular red "C" of the same color as the red in the national flag of the United States. The diameter of the letter is one-sixth the width of the flag; the inner line of the opening of the letter "C" is three-fourths the width of its body or bar, and the outer line of the opening is double the length of the inner line. Completely filling the letter "C""~appears a golden disk. Attached to the flag is a cord of gold and silver intertwined, with tassels, one of gold and one of silver. The law creat ing the flag provides that it shall be used on all occasions when the State is officially or publicly represented With the privilege of use by all citizens on all : such occasions as they may deem fitting and appropriate. All pro visions of the State laws regarding the misuse of the national flag are made applicable to the abuse of the State colors. 339. North Dakota's flag was adopted in 1911. Its origin1 is almost entirely unknown. The Blue Book of the State says that it was the flag of the territorial militia, and that it is first remembered at Huron, South Dakota, when it was unfurled at an annual encamp ment. That authority also states that it is not known who designed the flag, nor is it discov erable when it was first used. With its yellow- fringed blue fly charged with a coat-of-arms that borrows the eagle from the national seal, North Dakota follows the example of half of the States in the placing of its arms on a blue, gold- fringed flag. 340. South Dakota's official flag dates from 1909. The law adopting it says that the State flag shall consist of a field of blue one and two-thirds as long as it is wide, in the center of which shall be a blazing sun in gold, in diameter two-fifths the width of the flag. Above this sun shall be arranged in an arc, in gold letters, the words "South Dakota," and below the sun in the arc the words, in gold letters, "The Sunshine State." On the reverse of the blazing sun shall be printed the great seal of the State. The edges of the flag shall be trimmed with a fringe of gold. The staff shall be surmounted by a spear head, to which shall be attached a cord and tassels of suitable length and size. In practice the seal of the State is placed on the obverse side of the flag and the blazing sun on the reverse, which, while following the general principle of flag designing, seems to be the opposite of the in tent of the law. 341. Montana's flag was adopted in 1905, the law providing that it shall be of a blue field, with a representation of the great seal of the State in the center and with a gold fringe along the upper and lower borders. This is a copy of the flag borne by the First Montana Infantry, United States Volunteers, in the Spanish-American War, except that the device "First Montana Infantry, U. S. V." is omitterl. The seal of the State consists of a brilliant sun setting behind a range of mountains; in the foreground is a plow and miner's pick and spade. Below the pick and spade is a scroll reading, "Oro y Plata," which means "Gold and Silver." 342. Washington State has never officially adopted ' a flag, but the military authorities have ^provided one with a green field upon which is centered the seal of the State. The vignette of General George Washington is the central figure and beneath it are the figures "1889." Around the vignette is a yellow circle bearing the legend, "The Seal of the State of Washington." 343. Idaho's laws forbid all military or ganizations within the State from carrying any other flag or device than the national flag and the flag of the Commonwealth. The latter was authorized by the tenth legislature in 1909, al though the details of the design were left by the lawmakers to the Adjutant General, it being prescribed only that the banner should have a blue field charged with the name of the State. The dimensions, as well as the addition of the coat-of-arms above the ribbon with its legend "State of Idaho," have since been de termined upon by the proper authority. The coat-of-arms consists of a circular device within a yellow border, the main feature of which is a moose-crested escutcheon showing a blazing sun rising above three mountain peaks and a river in the foreground. The supporters are a miner with pick and shovel and a woman bearing the scales and the torch of liberty. Beneath the shield appear a sheaf of wheat and two horns of plenty. Above the crest is a scroll of white with the legend in red, "Esto Perpetua" (May she be perpetual). 344. Wyoming's flag is one of the new est of the State flags. It was created under a law passed on the last day of January, 1917. That law provides that the width of the flag shall be seven-tenths of its length ; the outside border is red, its width one-twentieth the length of the flag. Next to this red stripe is an inner stripe of white whose width is one- thirtieth the length of the flag. The remainder of the flag is a blue field, in the center of which is a white silhouetted buffalo, the length of 337 374 BATTLE FLAG 1861 | 375 ALSO NAVY JACK AFTER MAY I. I863w FLAGS FAMOUS IN AMERICAN HISTORY 338 FLAG OF FRANCE 1365 T0157-1 FRENCH FLAG NAPOLEONS FLAG RUSSIAN AMERICAN CHAMPLAIN & IlLOUISIANA 1803 U CO ALASKA DE GRASSE FLAGS FAMOUS IN AMERICAN HISTORY 339 which is one-half that of the blue field. On the ribs of the buffalo appears the great shield of the State of Wyoming in blue. The diam eter of the shield is one-fifth the length of the flag. Attached to tire flag is a cord of gold with gold tassels. All penalties provided by the laws of the State for the misuse of a national flag are applicable to the State flag. 345. Utah's flag, consisting of a blue field with a border of gold and a design in the center, was adopted in 1911. The design was revised in 1913. It consists now of a device in natural colors', the fundamental portion of which is a shield surmounted by an eagle with outstretched wings. The shield bears a bee hive, on each side of which grow sego lilies and above which is the word "Industry." At the bottom of the shield is a green field bear ing the date 1847, with the word "Utah" above it. Two American flags on flagstaffs, placed crosswise, are so draped that they project be yond each side of the shield, the head of the flagstaffs in front of the eagle's wings, and the bottom of each staff appearing over the face of the draped flag below the shield. Be low the shield and flags and upon the blue field is the date "1896," the year in which the State was admitted to the Union. Around the entire design is a narrow circle of gold. 346. Oklahoma. — The law under which Oklahoma adopted an official. State, flag was enacted in 191 1. The flag authorized under it consists of a red field, -in the center of which is a five-pointed star of white edged with blue, with the figures "46" in blue in the middle of the star. This number proclaims the fact that Oklahoma was the forty-sixth State to become a part of the Union. The Oklahoma flag de parts from the usual in its pike head. Instead of the regulation spearhead, an eagle at rest, facing the direction of the fly, stands guard over the colors. 347. New Mexico. — Embodying elements unique in flag design, the official flag of the State of New Mexico was adopted shortly after the Commonwealth became a member of the Union. , The banner has a turquoise blue field, emblematic of the blue skies of New Mexico ; it has a canton consisting of the flag of the United States in miniature in the upper left-hand corner, designating the loyalty of the people of the State to the Union ; in the upper right-hand corner of the field a figure 47, the forty-seventh star and State in the American Union ; in the lower right-hand corner is the great seal of the State, and upon the field run ning from the lower left to the upper right- hand corner are the words "New Mexico" in white. When the flag law was passed it was ordered that the embroidered banner attached to the bill should be deposited with the Secre tary of State to be faithfully kept by him in the archives of the Commonwealth. 348. Arizona. — A bill making the flag of the battleship Arizona the banner of the Com monwealth for which it is named failed to pass the State Senate in 1915, but a similar bill was adopted early in 1917. As finally de scribed, the upper part of the flag consists of thirteen segments or rays, alternate red and yellow; the- lower part is a solid field of blue, while upon the center is imposed a copper star. It was objected at the time of the adoption of this design that it contained nothing charac teristic of Arizona ; that it infringed upon the ensign of Japan, and that the effect of a star against a rising sun was a severe straining of astronomy. A substitute bill was prepared and offered to the upper house of the legislature, but the original form became a law, thus es tablishing one of the most striking of the State banners. 349. The flag of Hawaii preserves the crosses of St. Andrew, St. George, and St. Patrick, and carries eight stripes. Some of the Southern States retain the cross of St. Andrew, but Hawaii is the only American soil over which float the three crosses which were the cantonal feature of the first flag of the United Colonies of America (364). 350. The flag of the National Guard of the District of Columbia has a rectangular field, the fly end of which is swallow-tailed. Cen tered thereon is a small hatchet, whose alleged manipulation in connection with an apocryphal cherry tree is reputed to have put the Father of His Country to a very trying test in the matter of veracity. The designations of the forces appear on scrolls above and below the hatchet. 351. The banner of the National Geographic Society is a flag of adventure and conquest; a flag of adventure because it is ever carried beyond the horizon of known scientific fact, in the hope that there may be found some new troth that will make mankind freer in the solu tion of the problems that ever confront the race ; it is the flag of conquest because it has gone to the tops of high mountains, to the_ in most recesses of regions unexplored by civil ized man, to the craters of volcanoes whose fiery depths have never1 been surveyed by the human eye. Those who have had its support have conquered polar ice and polar seas, have mastered many of the secrets of glacial action, have lent a hand to the solution of the great problem of vulcanism, have unearthed the holy city of the Incas, have rescued venerable trees of California from the only enemy they ever feared — the man with the ax and the saw. Its colors, typifying earth, sea, and sky, proclaim the illimitable reaches of the fields of interest over which it flies, and the vastness of the work of exploration and diffusion of knowl edge, in which it has played no small part, and to which its future efforts shall ever be dedi cated. 352. The Governor of the Panama Canal Zone flies a rectangular flag upon which is centered the seal of the Canal Zone. This consists of an escutcheon which shows a ship under full sail passing through Gaillard Cut, at the point where it divides Gold Hill and Contractor's Hill. Below the escutcheon is a streamer bearing the now familiar words, "The land divided, the world united." The escutcheon and streamer are grounded upon a circle of white. 353. The seal of the Territory of Alaska is a circular field bearing in the background a sun rising over snow-capped, embattled moun tains. In the right foreground are the waters that wash the shore of the territory, bearing two sailing vessels. To the left is a pier, 340 rudely constructed, and an outpost of civiliza tion. In the foreground is a team of horses. Around the whole is inscribed, "The Seal of the Territory, of Alaska." 354. The coat-of-arms of the Philippine Is lands was adopted in 1905. Its principal fea ture is an escutcheon showing the national colors of the United States. Imposed upon this escutcheon are the arms of Manila on a shield,, the upper half red and the lower blue. Upon the upper half of this shield, in gold, is the castle of Spain, with blue windows, and on the lower half a sea-lion bearing in its right paw a hilted sword. The crest is the American spread eagle, and beneath is a scroll with the words "Pliilippine Islands." 355. The coat-of-arms of Mindanao and Sulu was adopted in 1905, along with those of the Philippine Islands and Porto Rico. It con sists of the escutcheon of the United States, upon which is imposed a Moro war vinta sail ing an Indian sea. Above the escutcheon is the American spread eagle mounted on a wreath, supported by the crossed weapons of war of the Indian seas, and below the device is a scroll bearing the words "Mindanao and Sulu." 356. The present coat-of-arms of the Island of Porto Rico, adopted in 1905, is a restoration of the original arms of the Spanish colony of "the rich port." Therefore it is in all its parts reminiscent of Spanish times. On a green cir cular field is a lamb of silver on the red-bound book and bearing the cross-crowned banner of Christ. This is the device ascribed to St. John. Above the lamb are the gold-crowned letters F and I — Ferdinand and Isabella. Surround ing the green field is a white border edged with gold. Upon this border are the castles of Castile, the crowned red lions that proclaim Leon, the crosses of Jerusalem, and the stand ards of Spain in the days when the star of her fame was at its zenith. 357. The flag of the Secretary of the In terior, with its light green field bearing in the center a golden buffalo and a five-pointed star in each quarter, stands for many of the na tion's activities and much of the world's prog ress. The Department whose chief it pro claims fosters the priceless fruits of American inventive genius, aids and safeguards those who have made America the foremost min eral-producing country of the earth,- supervises the pension system through which is dis charged the national duty toward those who have fought the battles of the Republic, spon sors the cause of justice to the Red Man, who has given a continent to civilization. This De partment directs the national- aspects of Amer ican education, and thus leads Western civili* zation to a new era; it is saving to posterity the inestimable boon of majestic forests and untouched stretches of primeval nature; it is reclaiming millions of acres of unproductive land and tapping the bare rocks of waste places with the w.and of irrigation. Also it has dis tributed an empire to the pioneers of the West and transformed a million square miles of idle territory into a wealth- and strength-produc ing region of infinite national value. FLAGS FAMOUS IN AMERICAN HISTORY 358. The Raven of the Vikings. — Five hundred years before the arrival of Columbus in the New World, Eric the Red is supposed to have guided his ships, square-sailed, deco rated with curiously carved figureheads, and manned by hardy Norsemen, to the shores of Vinland (Labrador, or Nova Scotia, or the New England coast), and there planted for a brief period this banner with the strange de vice of "a raven, with wings extended and open bill, upon a white ground." 359. Flag of Columbus. Standard of Spain. — A quartered flag of red, gold and sil ver — the standard of Castile and Leon — is gen erally accepted as having been the first Euro pean banner flown on American soil. This truly regal standard was planted on the beach before the startled gaze of the awe-struck abo rigines when Christopher Columbus, richly clad, set foot on shore on October 12, 1492, and, in the name of their Catholic majesties. Isabella and Ferdinand, formally took possession of the island which he called San Salvador, but which is believed to have been what is now known as Watling Island in the Bahamas. 360. Flag of Cabot, England. — Giovanni Caboto (John Cabot), the discoverer of North America, had many points in common with his contemporary, Columbus. They were both Genoese, both believed the earth to be round, and that the east could be reached by sailing west, and both finally set out on their voyages of discovery under the flag of a foreign mon arch. Cabot's flag was the royal standard of England, the red cross of St. George on a white ground, and his patron was King Henry VII, whose enthusiasm for the enterprise was quickened by the news that Columbus had found the East in the West. It was on June 24, 1497, that this flag of England was planted in the New World (probably on the northern extremity of Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia), and the explorer took possession of the coun try in the name of England's king. 361. This was the union flag which prob ably was displayed from the main mast of the Mayflower that bore the Pilgrim Fathers to Plymouth in 1620, and on the ships which brought the English settlers to Jamestown in 1607. These vessels also displayed St. George's cross (360) at the fore mast and the red ensign (382). The union flag had come into existence in 1603, when James VI of Scotland ascended the throne of England as James I, thus uniting the two countries under one sovereign after centuries of warfare. He ordered all ships to display this flag at the main mast. They con tinued to use their own ensigns and jacks, how ever — English ships 1123 and 1 127, Scottish ships 1 131 and 831 (note 1132 for Scotch de- 34i ENTRE RIOS CORRIENTES 447 W 448 FLAGS FAMOUS IN AMERICAN HISTORY 342 SANTA FE MINICAN REPUBLIC COMDG OFFICERS PENNANT 343 sign of union flag). After the union of par liaments in 1707 this was the only flag officially used on land over forts and public buildings in the English colonies. With the addition of designating numerals above a small crown at the intersection of the crosses, it became the "King's Colors" for regimental troops. 362-363. Continental and Bunker Hill.—. The illustrations show two replicas in Annap olis of flags said to have been carried at Bun ker Hill. The Trumbull painting of the battle of Bunker Hill shows 362, while others show 363. 362 was probably formed from the Eng lish ensign, shown in 1123 (in use prior to t/05), by omitting St. George's cross and sub stituting the pine tree, which was, the symbol of the Massachusetts Bay Colony (see also 391, 399, and 401). 363 was made by inserting a pine tree in the upper left quarter of the old blue English ensign's canton (1125). . 364. This was the flag hoisted by John Paul Jones on December 3, 1775, as the navy ensign of the thirteen colonies, when Commodore Esek Hopkins assumed command of the navy built by Congress. It was also hoisted by General Washington January 2, 1776, as the standard of the Continental Army and remained as our national flag until the adoption of the Stars and Stripes, June 14, 1777 (see history of "Stars and Stripes" elsewhere in this riurnber). 365. Our First Navy Jack. — Hoisted De cember 3, 1775, the same day that John Paul Jones Hoisted 364 as the ensign of our new navy and that 398 was raised at the main mast as the flag of the Commander-in-Chief, Esek Hopkins (see 398 and 400). 366. Perry's Flag, Lake Erie. — At the bat tle of Lake Erie, September 10, 1813, Oliver Hazard Perry, who was in command of a fleet which he had been forced to construct in fever ish haste from virgin timber, unfurled from his masthead this challenge to sturdy Ameri canism — the dying words of brave Captain Lawrence. Under its inspiration the men fought gallantly through one of the most nota ble naval engagements of the war, enabling Perry at its close to send the famous message to General Harrison, "We have met the enemy and they are ours — two ships, two brigs, one schooner, and one sloop." 367. Although so distinguished a citizen as S. F. B. Morse proposed at the outbreak of the Civil War that the national flag, the Stars and Stripes, should be _ cut in twain, the North retaining the upper six and one-half stripes and those stars above a diagonal line extend ing from the head of the staff to the lower corner of the canton, while the South should be given the lower six and a half stripes and the stars below the diagonal line on the can ton, the remainder of each flag being white, neither the North nor the South saw fit to fol low such a suggestion. The Stars and Stripes carried by the armies of the North during the last years of the Civil War had thirty-six stars in the union, as shown in 367. When Lincoln became President, however, there were only thirty- four States, which were _ impersonated at the inaugural ceremonies by thirty-four little girls, who rode in a gaily decorated car in the procession and sang to the new President, "Hail, Columbia." 368. The artillery during the Civil War car ried a standard with thirty-six stars arranged three stars at the top, three at the bottom, and a lay-out of thirty in six horizontal lines of five stars each. It will be noticed that this flag, like 367, was adopted after West Virginia and Nevada had entered the Union. 369. The design on the colors of infantry regiments during the Civil War was almost a counterpart of that borne on the standard of the War of 1812 (see 22). It shows an eagle displayed and bearing upon its breast a shield, with a scroll in its beak and another below it, upon which appeared the designation of each regiment. Above the eagle are thirteen golden stars arranged in two arcs. 370. The regimental colors of the United States artillery during the Civil War were yel low. Upon the field were centered two crossed cannons with a scroll above and below bearing the designation of the regiment. 371. This flag is the familiar "Stars and Bars" of the Southern Confederacy and was used from March, 1861, to May, 1863. 372. This .jack of the Confederate States was made to correspond with the provisional flag of the Confederacy, known as the Stars and Bars. It probably was flown by ships of the seceding States until 1863, when the navy jack (374) was prescribed by the Secretary of the Confederate Navy. 373. This ensign was probably displayed by the ships of the Confederacy from 1861 to 1863. 374. The navy jack of the Southern Con federacy, used after May I, 1863, had an ob long red field, with a blue St. Andrew's cross bordered by white and having three stars on each arm and one at the intersection. It was merely the square canton of the second flag of the Confederacy elongated, so that its length was one and a half times its width. The battle flag of the Confederacy during the same period was like this navy jack, except that it was square, and all four of its sides were bordered by a white stripe one and a half inches wide. The battle flag carried by the in fantry was forty-eight inches square, that by the artillery thirty-six inches, and that by the cavalry thirty inches square. 375. The national flag of the Confederacy between May 1, 1863, and March 4, 1865, had a white field twice as long as wide, with the battle flag as its union. 376. The Confederacy's national flag, adopt ed March 8, 1865, was the same as that adopted May 1, 1863 (375), except that one-half of the field between the union and the end of the fly was occupied by a horizontal bar of red. 377. Hudson's Flag. — When Henry Hud son glided into the unsailed waters of New York harbor in his little Half Moon, this flag was his ensign; thus it is supposed to have been one of the first European flags reflected in the waters of what is now the busiest port on earth. It was the flag of the Netherlands, with the letters A. O. C. added to the central stripe. These were the initials of the Dutch East India Company, "Algemeene Oost-Indise Compagnie," under whose auspices Hudson sailed. Later it floated over the little huts built1- by the East India Company on Manhattan Island for the 344 fur traders. But in 1650 the orange stripe on the Netherlands flag became the red stripe of today's banner (775), and with the withdrawal of the East India Company's interests from New Netherlands this flag disappeared from our waters and shores. 378. Dutch West India Company. — In-1621 the Dutch West India Company was formed and, with other valuable concessions, was given control of the fur trade of the New World by the States General of Holland. Thus this flag became dominant in the waters around New York in 1622, and continued so for forty-two years. The letters G. W. C. are fhe initials of the company, "Geoctroyeerde West * Indische Compagnie." In 1650 the. orange stripe was changed to red in accordance with a similar change in the national flag of Holland. It was not until the conquest of New Netherlands by the English in 1664 that this flag disappeared from our northern shores. 379. Endicott's Flag. — The red cross of St. George on the English flags was a source of question to the stern religionists of the Massachusetts Colony. John Endicott, with Spartan directness, attempted to settle the matter by cutting out a part of the red cross on the Salem ensign in 1634. This led to long- drawn litigation. Fear of offending the mother country struggled with the.jseemirjg idolatry of a cross on a flag. Finally it was decided to "render unto Caesar" his own, and inasmuch as the fort of Castle Island-, at Boston, was maintained in the King's name, his colors were allowed to fly there. It was not until 1651, however, that the general court of Massachu setts gave official sanction to the use of the flag with its cross. This illustration of the Endicott flag, with its distinguishing blue ball in the first quarter of the canton, shows it before the mutilation. 380. King's Standard in 1635. — The de signs on this royal flag, which was in use dur ing the early settlement of our country, are especially suggestive and carry us back to the very roots of English history. Each little symbol found its place on the flag through some noteworthy event in the ever-changing fortunes of early England. The harp on the third quarter is the ancient symbol of Ireland (see 839), which Elizabeth, in token of her success in dealing with the island, added to the royal ensign. On the second quarter ap pears the lion of Scotland (see 838), in token of that country's union with England. The first and fourth quarters of the shield alike bear the three lions and the three fleurs-de-lis. Two of the lions were introduced by William II from the arms of his native Normandy. Authorities differ as to the origin of the third lion, some maintaining that it was added by Henry II in honor of his wife, Eleanor of Aquitaine, who brought him as a dowry three provinces in France. Edward III, on assum ing the title "King of France," in 1340, quar tered with the lions the fleurs-de-lis on a blue field. It remained for James I, in 1603,. to combine these various symbols into the form seen here. 381. Three County Troop. — It was in 1659 that three counties of Massachusetts — Suffolk, Middlesex, and Essex — raised a company of cavalry called the Three County Troop, which continued its organization for twenty years or more. Their standard is not known to be in existence at present; but a most interesting drawing of it and the original bill of cost for it are preserved in the British Museum. The legend in the drawing reads : "Thre Count*, Trom," apparently a mistake in copying the word troop from the original banner. It prob ably waved above the brave Colonials in King Philip's War of 1675 and 1676. 382. Under the red ensign many of Eng land's greatest admirals won the, victories which made the island kingdom, mistress, of the seas. This is the famous "meteor flag oi Old England," and until the union of the king doms of England and Scotland under one par liament, in 1707, it was the ensign of the Eng lish colonies in America. It was especialh dear to the New England colonists, who cher ished its brave traditions as their own. 383. A Colonial Flag. 384. Newbury Mass. 388. New England, 1737. 390. Taun ton Flag. — To one interested in watching the growth and development of customs or in tracing the symbolic expressions of the ideas of a people, there is no more fascinating study than the growth of our own flag. Naturally the Colonists used at first the flags of the homeland (such as 361). But slowly the en vironment of this new, spacious country working in connection with the deep religious consciousness of the people, wrought itself into visible form in the flags. At Taunton, Mass., was raised, in 1774, flag number 390, the red union English flag com mon at the time, with the addition of the watchword of America — the magic watchword that now, after nearly a century and a half, bids fair to become the watchword of the world. In 383 a stronger feeling of separation is indicated in the plain red flag with the pure white canton. In 384, the flag of Newbury, Mass., the cross is retained, but the color of the field has changed to the green of the New England forests. Then, in place of the British cross, we see coming into prominence the sturdy native American emblems. A pine tree on a white grpund was a symbol of many qualities con spicuous in the lives of our New England an cestors. Simple, austere, and bearing withal a stately dignity, it fittingly expressed the ideas of the times. Moreover, it proclaimed the patriots' love for this newest homeland with its pine-clad hills. And so it was that the pine tree waved over many a hard-fought field in those trying years. Joined with St. George's cross, it appeared on the blue banner of Bun ker Hill (363). Frequently the pine tree gave place to a globe, as in the New England flag of 1737 (388). Again, the pine tree alone occupies the • white canton of a red flag, best illustrated by 362, the Continental flag of' 1775-1777. These historic flags picture to us in striking form the feelings and the hopes as well as the spirit of '76. 384. (See 383.) 385. Andros'. Flag. — In 1684 the charter of Massachusetts was annulled and the home 345 SALVADOR COAT ARMS VENEZUELA COAT ARMS 510 511 VENEZUELA ENSIGN 512 [VENEZUELA MERCHANT 513 346 government organized all of New England as a royal domain. In 1686 Edmund Andros ar rived as Governor of the province. The flag under his rule was the red cross of St. George on a white field with a gold crown in the cen ter. Under the crown appeared the letters J. R., the cipher of King James. But in 1689, with the arrival in England of William of Orange, the colonists deposed Andros, and this flag was consigned to 'the oblivion of banners no longer expressive of the feelings of a de veloping people. ' 386. Nova Scotia. — Nova Scotia was the New Scotland, just as the Massachusetts group of colonies was the New England, for even in the days of King James there was no Great Britain, but the two separate countries. And that is why the vertical cross of St. George appeared on the Andros and other New Eng land flags, while the diagonal Scottish cross of St. Andrew marked those of Nova Scotia. The center of the flag is marked by the crown and cipher of James Sixth of Scotland and First of England. He it was who united the two crosses into the union flag of 1606, the very year in which he gave the first royal grants of land in North America, under which permanent settlements grew up. It was not until 1801, long after the Stars and Stripes were known on every sea, that the red diag onal cross of St. Patrick, in recognition of Ireland, was added to the combined crosses, thus making the familiar British union jack of today. 387. Escutcheon Ensign. — Early in the life of the New England Colonies it was seen that the merchant ships of the mother country needed a special flag to distinguish them from the King's ships. In 1701 we find this order from the Admiralty Office at Whitehall, Lon don : "Merchant ships to wear no other jack than that worn by His Majesty's ships, with the distinction of a white escutcheon in the middle thereof." The "Governors of His Maj esty's plantations" were ordered to oblige the commanders of their merchant ships to use this a'nd no other. The merchant ships, how ever, continued to fly the various flags endeared to their commanders by old associations. Many of them seem to have preferred the usual red or blue New England flag which had a red St. George's cross and a globe (388) or tree (363) on a white ground in the upper left- hand corner. 388. (See 383.) 38g. Colonel Moultrie's Flag. — In Sep tember, 1775, Colonel Moultrie, having received orders from the Council of Safety to take Fort Johnson on James Island, S. C, thought a flag necessary; so he devised a large blue flag with a white crescent in "the upper corner next the staff, this design being suggested by the blue uniforms of the garrison and the silver cres cents which the men wore on their caps, in scribed wilh the words "Liberty or Death." Colonel Moultrie in his memoirs says that "this was the first American flag displayed in the South" (see also 406). 390. (See 383.) 391. Washington's Navy, 1775. — This was the flag flown by Washington's six cruisers in 1775. The Lady Washington, a brig fitted out in 1775, was captured by H. M. S. Fowey on December 7 of the same year, and her colors were placed in the Admiralty Office in Lon don. They are described as bearing a pale green pine tree on a field of white bunting, with the motto, ¦ '-Appeal to Heaven." After the Continental ensign (364) came into use by Washington's fleet, January 1, 1776, this white flag and green pine tree, with variations (399), was adopted April 29, 1776, as the ensign of the vessels of the Massachusetts navy (see 399 and 401 ; see also the history of our Stars and Stripes, printed elsewhere in this number). 392. Bedford Flag. — Probably the most in teresting flag of all the colonial period is this standard of the Bedford Minute Men, carried by them at the battle of Concord. It is small, being only about 2l/2 feet square, but carfies woven among its faded threads the love and veneration of a grateful America. Wrought in silver and gold on a red ground is an arm appearing from a cloud, with the hand holding a sword. The scroll is in gold with the motto, "Vince Aut Morire" (Conquer or die). It now has an honored place among the relics of the Historical Society at Bedford, Mass. It bears a striking resemblance to the Ostend Fight en sign (1144)- - . 393. Philadelphia Light Horse. — This standard, presented to the Philadelphia troop of Light Horse by Capt. Abraham Markoe, and still displayed at the troop's anniversary din ners, is one of the first American flags in which thirteen stripes were used. This banner was carried by the Philadelphia troop when it acted as escort to General Washington from Philadelphia to New York on his way to Cam bridge, there to assume command of the Con tinental Army. The Philadelphia troop was composed of 28 men, who equipped themselves at their own expense. Captain Markoe re signed his commission as captain of this orga nization late in 1775, in obedience to an edict of King Christian VII of Denmark, who for bade any of his subjects to engage in the war against Great Britain. Before tendering his resignation, however, the commander presented this standard to the troop. 394. New York. — The armed ships of New York are reported to have used this flag in 1775. The beaver- reminds us eloquently of the prominent part the lucrative fur trade played in the early history of the colony. The glow ing accounts brought back by Hudson of the rich harvest of valuable furs to be secured led Holland to authorize the trading companies which colonized New York. The beaver was used on the seal of New Netherlands and found a place on the seal of New York City, 395. Bennington. — At the battle of Ben nington, Yt., August 16, 1777, 2,000 Green Mountain boys, under Gen. John Stark, practi cally annihilated the forces under General Baum, sent to capture stores and to overawe the country. The loss of these troops was partly responsible for the failure of Bur- goyne's carefully planned campaign and was one of the events that led to tbe open recog nition of our country by France. 396. Rhode Island. — Fashioned from white silk with thirteen stars on a canton of blue and showing a blue anchor surmounted by the 348 motto of the State, "Hope," on the center of the 'field, this regimental banner of Rhode Is land easily takes high rank as an attractive flag; nor is it lacking in interesting historic associations. Carried safely through the in tense struggle of Brandywine, at Trenton, and at Yorktown, it now rests in the State House at Providence, mute witness to the heroism of those who bore it to final victory (see 313). 397. Linked Hand. — Thirteen mailed hands grasping the thirteen links of an endless chain formed one of the early representations of the spirit of unity in the colonies. It recognized the sentiment of "United we stand," and fore shadowed the "E Pluribus Unum," soon to ap pear as our motto. The number thirteen was prominent on many of the early standards. A common variation shows a mailed hand grasp ing a bundle of thirteen arrows. the rattlesnake flags 398. Gadsden Flag. 400. South Carolina Navy. 405. CulpepEr Minute Men.— The rattlesnake device was seen again and again on our early flags. One writer of the time quaintly stated that as the rattlesnake's eye exceeded in brightness that of any other ani mal, and she had no eyelids, she might there fore be esteemed an emblem of vigilance ; that inasmuch as she never began an attack, nor, when once engaged, ever surrendered, she was therefore an emblem of magnanimity and true courage. We are bound to suspect, however, that it was the deadly bite of the rattler that was foremost in the minds of the revolutionists who used the banners. The "Don't tread on me." seen on all four of the rattlesnake flags (365, 398, 400, and 405), lends color to this view. But it was not only the qualities of the snake itself, but also the ease with which symbolism could be added, illustrated in the use of the distinctive thirteen rattles, that in creased the number and variety of the rattle snake flags. " 'Tis curious and amazing," in the words of the writer quoted above, "to ob serve how distinct and independent of each other the rattles of this animal are, and how firmly they are united together. One of the rattles, singly, is incapable of producing a sound, but the ringing of thirteen together is sufficient to alarm the boldest man living." Flag 308 was presented by Colonel Gadsden to Commodore Hopkins to serve as the latter's flag as the commander-in-chief of the fleet con structed by Congress, and was hoisted at the main mast of the Alfred December 3. 1775. At the same time John Paul Jones hoisted the union striped flag (364) at the stern (see his tory of Stars and Stripes elsewhere in this number). On the same dav 365 was hoisted as the jack of the navy. Thus 364, 365, and 398 are the most historic flags of the U. S. Navy prior to the adoption of the Stars and Stripes. The Southern colonies seemed especially fond of the device. South Carolina adopted for her navy the red and blue stripes crossed by the gliding snake, as seen in 400. Loyal and energetic enthusiasts in the cause of liberty, the people of the Piedmont region of Virginia rallied to the support of the Con tinental Congress. Culpeper County was a center of organization and her minute men typified on their spirited banner (405) their fearlessness and independence. the liberty and pine tree flags 399. Liberty Tree Flag of 1776. 401. Massachusetts Navy. — In all early accoupts of colonial activities, liberty poles and trees bear an important part. A wide-spreading live oak in Charleston, near the home of Christo pher Gadsden, made a shelter under which the leading spirits of the day often met to discuss political questions, and there the Declaration of Independence was first read to the people of the city. The Sons of Liberty, meeting under the fine old elm in Hanover Square, gave Boston her Liberty.. Tree. Under its shade a notable meeting was held just previous to the destruction of the tea, which led Gen eral Gage to order that it be hewn down. In asmuch as the felling of a venerable tree al ways touches tender chords in the thoughtful, it is not surprising that the loss of this one fanned into flame the very embers of discon tent that Gage had hoped to, stamp out by its destruction. On flag 399 appears the well-loved and fa mous Liberty Tree. This was an emblem often used. The solemn motto, "An Appeal to God," tells us of the quiet firmness with which our forefathers "highly resolved" to claim the birthright of freedom for themselves and their children. The sentiment first appeared in the "Address of the Provincial Congress of Mas sachusetts" to Great Britain, the closing sen tence of which began, "Appealing to Heaven for the justice of our cause." Through the long years that have passed since they won their victories, the greater task has developed for us, not only to hold with equal steadiness and firmness the great principles upon which our nation stands, but also to -fight with equal fortitude and sacrifice that these gifts may be extended to the oppressed of all nations. When in 1652 the colony of Massachusetts first established a mint, the" general court or dained that all pieces of money should bear on one side a tree, thus bringing into being the famous pine-tree shillings. In April, 1776, the Massachusetts council passed a resolution as follows : "Resolved, That . . . the colors [for the sea service] be a white flag with a green pine tree and the inscription, 'An Appeal to Heaven.' " Flag 391 had previously become familiar on the seas as the ensign of Washington's cruisers. The English newspapers of the time contain many references to this striking ensign. In 401 an extra significance is added by the coiled snake at the foot of the tree and the oft-used "Don't tread on me." 400. (See 39S.) 401. (See 399.) 402. The Westmoreland County Battalion of Pennsylvania was raised in 1775 by John Proctor and is still preserved in New Alex andria, Pa. It is a British ensign of red silk, with the addition of the coiled rattlesnake and the familiar legend, "Don't Tread On Me." 349 350 403. Connecticut Flag. — The activities of 1775 and 1776 emphasized the need of colors to distinguish the various troops. Soon after the battle of Bunker Hill the States began to make colors for themselves. Connecticut, with this flag, was one of the first. Her motto, "Qui transtulit sustinet," of which a free translation is, "God, who transported us hither, will sustain us," was put upon one side of several flags o.f the time, with "An Appeal to Heaven," the' Massachusetts motto, upon the other. This shows almost the identical form of the permanent Connecticut flag (305). 404. Merchant and Privateer Ensign. — ¦ Those dashing privateers, whose exploits made such entertaining reading in the history books of our childhood days, flew this ensign of thir teen stripes. Many references and prints of "striped flaggs" in contemporary British litera ture prove its prevalence. The color of the stripes varied according to the fancy of the commanding officer. Merchant vessels nearly always displayed this flag. 405. (See "398.) 406. Fort Moultrie. — This flag flew from the southeast bastion of Fort Moultrie (then called Fort Sullivan), in Charleston Harbor, during the famous Revolutionary battle of June 28, 1776. Early in the attack the sky- colored emblem fell outside the parapet. Ser geant William Jasper, crying out, "Don't let us fight without a flag," vaulted over the wall under a rain of bullets, secured the flag, fixed it to a staff, and, triumphantly planting it firm ly in place, leaped down within the parapet to safety. Three ringing cheers greeted his re turn. After an intense artillery attack lasting ten hours, the British forces were compelled to withdraw, and the next day the entire fleet left Charleston Harbor. The name of the fort was changed to Moultrie in honor of the gallant defender. This victory left the Southern States secure from invasion for more than two years. This flag is identical with Colonel Moultrie's earlier flag (389) first raised in September, 1775, with the addition of the word "Liberty" in white letters. 407. Pulaski. — Brave and gallant Count Pulaski, who gave his life for our cause in 1779, fought beneath this banner. A Polish count volunteering as a private, distinguished by his coolness and courage at the battle of Brandywine, — he was made Chief of Dra goons, with the rank of Brigadier-General. The Moravian Sisters, of Bethlehem, Penn sylvania, embroidered this flag for him. One side bears the words "Unitas Virtus Forcior" (which last word, by the way, should be for- tior), "Union makes valor stronger," encir cling the letters U. S. The other side bears the motto, "Non Alius Regit," "No other gov erns," with the all-seeing eye in the center triangle. Pulaski raised his own independent corps of infantry and light cavalry, and later commanded the French and American forces at the siege of Savannah, where he was mor tally wounded. Thus fell, at the early age of 31, one of the many heroic foreign brothers who fought with us for liberty. 408, 409. New Hampshire Regiment.: — These two New Hampshire flags belonged to the Second Regiment of the State. They were taken at Fort Anne by the British Ninth Regi ment of Foot, commanded by Lieutenant Colo nel Hill, a few weeks before the decisive battle of Saratoga. After the surrender of Bur- goyne, Colonel Hill carried them to England, where they were treasured by his descendants, finally falling into the hands of Col. George W. Rogers, of Wykeham, Sussex. From him they were purchased in 1912 by Mr. Edward Tuck, and presented to the New Hampshire Historical Society. They are of the same size, approximately five by five and one-half feet. The buff flag (408) with a golden disk in the center bears the motto, "We are one." From the disk radiate thirteen rays and thir teen thin lines, each line touching a golden ring in the outer circle, with each ring bearing the name of one of the thirteen States. In the upper left corner are eight red and pale blue triangles which form two crosses. The blue silk flag with the gold fringe (409) bears the letters N. H, with "2nd Regt." below them on the small red shield in the center. The motto on the scroll is significant, "The glory, not the prey." The two crosses com bined in the upper corner are of red and gold. These two New Hampshire flags are prob ably the only ones now in existence which were captured during, the Revolutionary War. 410. First Pennsylvania Rtfles. — "A deep green ground, the device a tiger, partly en closed by toils, attempting the pass, defended by a hunter with • a spear (in white) on a crimson field" — thus reads the description of the standard of the First Pennsylvania Rifles, in the words of Lieutenant Colonel Hand, written March 8, 1776. During the war this regiment served in every one of the thirteen colonies, and this banner waved at many a famous battle — at Trenton, Princeton, Brandy- wine, Monmouth, and Yorktown, to mention only a few. 411. Third Maryland. — The existence of this national flag, known to have been used as a regimental flag in the Revolution, sheds a bit of light on the darkness surrounding the ex tent to which the stars and stripes were Used at the time. It is certain that this identical flag was carried by the Third Maryland Regi ment at the battle of Cowpens, in January, 1778. William Bachelor was the color-bearer. It is made of thin cotton, and is remarkably well preserved. It is a little over five feet long, and almost a yard wide, and is now in the flag room of the capitol at Annapolis. It is the only instance of the use of the "Stars and Stripes" as^ a color (j. p., by land troops), national or regimental, during the Revolution ary War. that of 1812, and the Mexican War. (See history of Stars and Stripes printed else where in this number.) 412. Eutaw Standard.— This square of brilliant crimson formed the battle flag of Col. William Washington's cavalry troop, and led the way to victory at Cowpens and at the final battle of the Revolution, Eutaw Springs, in 1781 — two decisive battles of the war in the South. Tradition tells a quaint story of its origin. Tt seems that Colonel Washington, on a hurried visit to his fiancee. Miss Jane Elliot, of South Carolina, mentioned that he had no flag. With quick flashes of her scissors, she 352 cut a square of gay, red damask from the back of a drawing-room chair, saying, "Colonel, make this your standard." It was mounted on a' hickory pole and borne at the head of his tEQ.ops"' till the end of the war. In 1827 it was presented to the Washington Light Infantry of Charleston by Mrs. Jane Elliot Washington, in person, and is one of our most treasured banners. 413. Gatinois Regiment. 414. Saintogne Regiment. 415. Royal Deux Ponts. — A. num ber of French regiments were sent to America during the Revolutionary War. All served with gallantry and distinction, Savannah and Yorktown both being honored by their ener getic and fearless fighting. The flags of all these regiments followed one general pattern, the basic idea being a white flag with colored triangles making squares in the corners and leaving a white cross extending across the cen ter. They were about four feet square and the colors were painted on them. The Gatinois regiment (413) was formed in 1776 out of two sections of a famous old French regiment of Auvergne, and in honor of its gallant conduct at Yorktown was ever after known as the Royal Auvergne. The blue, red, green, and yellow triangles of the flag of the Saintogne regiment (414) speak eloquently of dashing courage and hearty loy alty at Yorktown. Each arm of the St. Andrew's cross in the Royal Deux Ponts (415) bears the golden fleur-de-lis of France, while a crown holds the center. Quartered on the flag are the arms of the Duke of Deux Ponts over red and blue stripes. Rochambeau, a French count, with the rank of lieutenant general, was in command of the 6,000 troops sent to our aid. He displayed a fine spirit throughout the war, maintaining his soldiers as part of the American army and holding himself as entirely under Washing ton's command. (See "Our First Alliance," by J. J. Jusserand, National Geographic Maga zine, June, 1917.) 416. Ansbach. — Three Ansbach Bayrenth colors are now in the chapel at West Point. They were among the German colors captured at Yorktown. All are similar in main design, ma4e of heavy white damask, embroidered in colored silk. On one side is the red Branden burg eagle, with the words, "Pro Principe et Patria" on the scroll above. The other side shows the green laurel and palm, with the monogrammed letters S. ET C. A., the first four letters of which stand for "Sinceriter et Constanter" and the last for Prince Alexan der, then reigning. It is supposed that eigh teen German colors were surrendered at York- town ; but the others are missing. 417. New York Regiment. — It is surprising to note how few regimental flags used in the Revolution are in existence today. This is the most elaborate and detailed of any of them. It was made in 1778 or 1779, and is approxi mately six feet square, of dark blue silk with a blue fringe, and bears on each side the arms of the State. These arms from that far-away day to this have remained practically un changed in general design. The two figures are clad in costumes of the day. The dresses alije, of- cloth of gold, with red mantles. This regimental color was carried by Col. Pinter- Ganseybort at Yorktown. This is the S;arne Colonel. Gansevoort who was in command of Fort. Stanwix, or Fort Schuyler, when he caused to be hoisted the first Stars and Stripes over a fort or garrison of the army, August 3, 1777- (See History of Stars and Stripes in this number.) 418. Bucks of America-. — John Hancock, whose presence in Lexington was an, addi tional cause of the sortie that led to the fa mous battle, and who, with Adams, was espe cially excepted, in the pardon issued on the 12th of June, 1775,, by General Gage, as being "of too flagitious a nature to admit of any other consideration than that of condign pun ishment," yet lived to a ripe old age, and be came the first Governor of the State of Massa chusetts. After the close of the Revolution, one of his official acts as Governor was to pre sent this banner to the colored company, called the "Bucks of America," in acknowledgment of their valor. The flag is badly faded now, yet shows unmistakable signs of former beauty. The stars in the blue union were gilded. In size it is a little over five feet long by three and one-half feet wide. Notice the "Buck" under the green tree. 419. Tallmadce's Dragoons. — Many a dar ing exploit of Major Tallmadge, of Connecti cut, and his dragoons adds luster to this flag. On September 5, 1779, without the loss of a man, Tallmadge captured 500 Tories at Lloyd's Neck, on Long Island. His men fought at Brandywine, Germantown, and Monmouth. This pink flag of very thin silk is about two and one-half feet square. The two wings on the center disk are of silver, while the ten rays are golden. The canton deserves especial men tion, as the thirteen stripes are made by six strips of white ribbon sewed to the silk of the flag. It is remarkably well preserved. 420. Webb's Regiment. — This little flag be longed to the troops under Colonel Webb, un doubtedly the Third Connecticut Regiment, which during the course of the war was made up from the depleted Second and the Ninth. It is a small, tattered, yellow flag. A pink rib bon ties the green wreath, while the sword is painted the color of steel, and the "I" is black. An old account of the colors of the various Connecticut troops states that the flag of the first regiment was yellow; so it is possible that originally this was the banner of that unit. 421. The golden lilies of France (reduced to three in number by Charles V in 1365) were borne by many intrepid explorers anxious to expand the dominion of the Bourbons in the New World. Joliet and Marquette, the pioneer missionaries who rediscovered the Father of Waters, and La Salle, Iberville, and Bienville, who figured so conspicuously in the history of the exploration and colonization of Louisiana, all bore the fleurs-de-lis in the wilderness. 422. French Flag, Champlain and De Grasse. — This was the ensign of daring Sam uel de Champlain as he sailed down the lake that bears his name. It was also the flag of Count De Grasse, who, with his fleet of twenty- four ships of the line, sailed from the West 353 734 BELGIUM ENSIGN 735 BELGIUM MERCHANT 7-35 CHINA NAVAL 737CHINA NATIONAL 742 \NCE NATIONAL 743 GOVS. COLONIES . RESIDENCE INDO-CHINA LIEUT. GOV SENEGAL ,,, ¦! - ¦ -.-- - j ,J 1— ^^^ , , ........ GREECE MERCHANT 747 ITALY AMBASSADOR 748 ITALY MERCHANT SHIPS AS AUXILIARY CRUISERS 752 ITALY MERCHANT 753 ITALY GOV ERITREA 0 JAPAN CROWN PRINCE JAPAN ENSIGN 755 756 JAPAN MERCHANT 757 JAPAN GUARD 758 JAPAN TRANSPORT 759 JAPAN COMDG OFFICER 760 JAPAN MAIL FLAG 761 354 779GOVS SURINAM H & CURACAO ABOVE ENSIGN FOR 780 NETHERLANDS GOV G E N E R A L O F DUTCH I N D I ES I NETHERLANDS u MARINE RESERVE I 782 REPAIR SHIPS 791 PORTUGAL ENSIGN 792 PORTUGAL PRESIDENT S 793 PORTUGAL GOV GENL PROVINCE I 794 POLAN D 355 Indies in the summer of 1781, entered the Chesapeake, and met the fleet of Admiral Thomas Graves, compelling him to return to New York for refitting and repairs. Then, by blocking the mouths of the York and James rivers, he succeeded in cutting off communica tion between the British forces at Yorktown and those at New York, and thus assisted ma terially in causing the famous surrender that closed the war (see National Geographic Magazine, June, 1917, pages 527-548). 423. Napoleon's P'lag, Louisiana, 1803. — Among the many changes of flag that helped to make romantic the early history of Louisi ana, this of Napoleon stands out as memorable because it was hauled down to give place for "Old Glory" on the 20th of December, 1803. Each of the colors of this flag is woven into the tissue of French history by myriad threads. The blue banner of St. Martin was first used by the kings of France in the fourth century, and for 600 years was carried into battle as a sure omen of victory. Next came the well- loved Auriflamme, the gold-broidered banner of St. Denis. This in turn gave place to the "cornette blanche" — a plain white flag emblem atic of the Virgin Mary, carried by Joan of Arc, and later adopted by the Bourbons. So it was not purely an accident that the choice of the populace storming the Bastille, in 1789, should have been the tricolor; and it is easy to see how the historic associations, as well as the beauty and simplicity of the banner itself, made it the permanent emblem of France. It was fourteen years after this tricolor had become the national flag of France that the remarkable and startling chain of events, oc curring a quarter of the way around the world from our Father of Waters, made it possible for us to purchase the wonderful Louisiana country. 424. Russian-American Company, Alas ka.— Although the Alaskan coast was explored in 1741, it was not until 1794 that the first, and even then only partially accurate, chart of the Alaskan mainland was made. Kodiak was set tled in 1784, and in the succeeding years pri vate traders raided and robbed the Indian villages, until the reign of lawlessness was checked by the formation, in 1799, of the Russian-American Company, which remained dominant in Alaskan matters for sixty years. And thus it was that while the young Amer ican Republic was getting on its feet and meet ing its first problems of administration and expansion this white, blue, and red standard was flaunting in the sunshine from many a ship through the long days of Alaskan sum mers and flapping from the flagstaffs of many, a trading post under the steely glitter of the long winter nights. In 1867 the Alaska pur chase placed our own starry flag on those valuable far-northern shores. 425. _ Aztec Standard — Battle of Otum- ba. — History says that Cortes and his Span iards, with their allies, the Tlaxcallans, were _on the verge of defeat at the battle of Otum- "ba, when the Spanish leader,' descrying the gorgeously decorated litter of the Aztec gen eral and observing that he carried the battle standard lashed to his back, summoned several cavaliers and, praying to Santiago (429), they fought their way to the Aztec's side. Cortes overthrew the general and Salamanca cut the standard from his back. The loss of their emblem demoralized the Aztec forces and turned the tide of the battle. Cortes after ward presented the standard to the Tlaxcallan chieftain, Maxixca, as a reward for his aid and friendship, and the Spanish King caused it to be represented on Salamanca's coat-of- arms. This illustration of the standard, which was called the Quetzalteopamitl and was com posed of a golden sun surrounded by the rich est plumes of the quetzal (see 487), was taken from the picture writings of the Tlaxcallans, shown in the Lienzo of Tlaxcalla (see 426). 426. Banners, Mexican. — The Lienzo of Tlaxcalla is a document of great importance, as it represents in hieroglyphics the principal events of the conquest of Mexico painted by . the Indians themselves. It is on long bands of linen and is divided into 86 illustrations by perpendicular lines. The Tlaxcallans were a fierce mountain people, implacable foes of the Aztecs, and became the staunch allies of Cortes after their armies were decisively defeated by the Spaniards on their way to Tenochtitlan. In numerous of these illustrations Cortes and his cavaliers are shown in battle, dressed in their armor and astride their prancing steeds, while by their sides are shown their Tlaxcallan allies, armed with their crude native weapons and carrying their beautiful banners (426) cleverly constructed of precious metals and bright-colored plumes, mounted on wooden staffs and lashed to their backs to allow free use of both arms. 427. Banners — Incas. Before Pizarro. — "The Children of the Sun," as the Incas were called, lived among the mountain fastnesses of Peru and were as cultured as the Aztecs of Mexico. Their country has been called the "Ophir of the Occident," and well it deserved the name, for its treasures of precious metals exceeded the dreams of avarice. Like the Az tecs, these ancient Peruvians used the gaudy plumage of tropical birds for decorative pur poses, and this sketch of two old banners illus trates the feathered halyards and trimming. These Sun-worshipers also had great rever ence for the rainbow, and used a representa tion of it in their royal insignia. An old de scription, referring to the ceremony incident to the recognition of the heir-apparent, says : "Being recognized as of age, he was given command of his father's armies and was en titled to display the royal standard of the rain bow in his military campaigns." 428. Cortes Standard. — "The hardy and romantic adventurers who followed in the wake of Columbus were not merely sordid gold hunters; they were the descendants of soldiers who had for centuries fought in the holy wars of the Cross against the Crescent, and in their veins flowed the blood of the knight-errant and Crusader. Gold. they sought with eagerness and without scruple; but they wanted glory almost as much as they wanted gold, and in the pursuit of both they carried aloft the banner of the Church." • Around the edge of this standard of Cortes there appears in Spanish: "This standard was 356 that carried by Hernando Cortes in the Con quest of Mexico." It now hangs in the Na tional Museum af Mexico City — a relic of the stirring times when the present city was Te- nochtitlan, the Aztec capital and the scene of Montezuma's grandeur. Another standard carried by Cortes was, according to Prescott, "of black velvet, embroidered with gold, and emblazoned with a red cross amidst flames of blue and white, with this motto in Latin be neath : 'Friends, let us follow the Cross ; and under this sign, if we have faith, we shall conquer/" 429. Pizarro. — This is the banner of Pi- zarro, which the people of Cuzcb, the royal city of the Incas, presented, in 1824, to Gen eral de Sucre, the trusted lieutenant of the liberator Bolivar and the victor of the battle of Ayacucho, which broke the power of im perial Spain in South America. De Sucre, in turn, presented it to his commander-in-chief, who gave it to his native city of Caracas, Venezuela, where it is now treasured. This standard is said to have been carried by Pi zarro when he entered Cuzco, a conqueror, in J533- It hung all those intervening years in the cathedral of the ancient Peruvian city. In a letter to Bolivar, de Sucre said : "I present to you this standard which Pizarro bore to Cuzco 300 years ago ; a portion of the ma terial is in shreds, but it possesses the merit of having led the conquerors of Peru." Strictly speaking, the flag is really a banner, or fanion, such as was generally used in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. On one of its faces of scarlet damask the arms of Charles V are embroidered ; on the other is represented the Apostle St. James (Santiago), in an atti tude of combat, mounted on a white horse. When the standard was received in Caracas, the reverse side consisted only of white satin, and it was not discovered until 1872 that this was not1 a part of the flag, but a covering to protect its rjetost interesting face, upon which is painted and embroidered the figure of the mounted warrior. The red cross of Santiago appears on his coat-of-mail, but the hilt is all that remains of the sword in his hand. 430. Pizarro. — General San Martin, "the liberator of the South," believed this flag to be the standard of Pizarro ; but old documents relating to the founding of Lima by the Span ish conqueror seem to prove that it was the banner of that city. The escutcheon granted to Lima by Charles V, in 1537, appears on the flag. The Municipal Council of Lima presented the standard to San Martin in 1821, after his successful campaigns in Chile, and in his fare well proclamation to the Peruvians the follow ing year, prior to his departure for Europe, he said : "I have in my possession the standard which Pizarro bore to enslave the empire of the Incas. I have ceased to be a public man, but by this alone T am rewarded with usury for ten years of revolution and war." In his last testament he provided that "the standard which the Spanish bandit Pizarro waved in the conquest of Peru be returned to the said Re public." THE LIBERATORS OF LATIN AMERICA 431. San Martin. — Flying this flag, Gen: eral San Martin came north into Peru witfi his Ejercito Libertador, or liberating army, in 1820, after having effected the complete over throw of the royalists in Chile. Forces sent against the liberator joined his army, and in Lima even the Viceroy's secretaries were revo lutionists at heart. General San Martin en tered the capital on July 12, 1821, and was pre sented with the flag of Pizarro (see 430) ; on July 28 the proclamation of independence was issued in the Plaza Major. After laying the foundations of a republican government, the Protector journeyed north to Guayaquil, Ecuador, to confer with General Simon Bolivar, who had accomplished inde pendence for the Northern States of South America. Then San Martin returned to Lima and, after placing the government in the hands of the first constituent congress, retired to Eu rope, the recipient of every honor within the gift of a grateful people. 432. Army of the Andes. — This silken "Banner of the Sun," as it was called, with its beautiful, embroidered design and edges deco rated with precious stones, was made for San Martin's Army of the Andes by the women of Mendoza City, which lies at the foot of the Chilo-Argentine Cordillera on the Argentine side. The revolutionary leader carried it over the snow-covered mountains into Chile, which he liberated. The flag was publicly consecrated in Men doza City with elaborate ceremony on January 5, 1817. As it was unfurled a salute of twenty- one guns was fired, the populace shouting, "Long live our Argentine country." General San Martin then, holding aloft the banner, ex claimed in a vibrating voice, "Soldiers ! Swear to uphold this standard and die, if necessary, in its defense, as I swear to die !" "We swear to do so!" came the response, amid a triple discharge of musketry, followed by a salvo of twenty-five guns. The design of the badge on the field of blue and white is practically the same as the present Argentine coat-of-arms (see 453). 433- Bolivar. — Under this flag Simon Boli var, the liberator, broke the hold of imperial Spain upon its provinces in northern South America early in the 19th century. Venezuela, Colombia, Bolivia, and Peru owe their inde pendence to him and he is worshiped as a na tional hero in these countries. It is said that while visiting the United States on his return journey from Paris, where he had been an eye witness to some of the stirring scenes of the last days of the French revolution, he was first impressed with the desirability of political in dependence, and, returning to Venezuela, he began the military operations which freed his native land. 434. Banner of Hidalgo. — "Viva America, viva religion, death to bad government," was the war cry of Mexico's soldier-priest. Miguel Hidalgo, who, shortly after the American col onies had attained their independence, led the popular revolt against Spanish rule in the country to the south of us. His flag was the sacred banner of the Virgin of Guadalupe, the 357 ROYAL STANDARD 828 TUNIS- BEYS STANDARD 358 ^nr^ ST GEORGES CROSS M 830 ENGLAND ST ANDREWS CROSS 831 SCOTLAND ST PATRICKS CROSS 832 IRELAND PILOT JACK 857 LLOYD S SIGNAL STATIONS AND BOATS CONSULAR AFLOAT 859 1.CIFIC CABLE BOARD 860 359 patron saint of Mexico, and was flown in tri umph for a time; but disaster overtook him and, with several of his generals, he was shot to death at Chihuahua in 1811. Two subse quent revolutions were also led by priests, Padres Morelos and Mier, and they, too, met Hidalgo's fate. They died upon the threshold of success, however, for Mexican independ ence of Spain was accomplished in 1821. The banner of Hidalgo is preserved in the National Museum in Mexico City. 435. Treaty of Tordesillas. — These flags appearing on maps of the sixteenth century in dicate the division of territory for exploration and conquest by Spain and Portugal effected by the Treaty of Tordesillas in 1494. Pope Nicholas V had given the Portuguese exclusive right to the "road to the Indies" in 1454, but he had in mind only the coast of Africa. Com plicating the situation came the discovery of land in the west by Columbus, who believed that .he had found the eastern shores of Asia. Pope Alexander VI, a Spaniard, was appealed to and he drew a line north to south a hundred leagues west of the Azores, giving the Span iards the right to all that lay beyond. The Portuguese protested and the diplomats met at Tordesillas, Spain, with the result that the line was shifted 270 leagues farther west, approxi mating the 50th meridian of longitude west of Greenwich. This line strikes South America at the mouth of the Amazon, and the Span iards therefore laid claim to the greater part of the continent and sought to exclude all other nations. This probably explains why Portugal secured only Brazil from all this vast domain. 436. Order of Christ. — This flag is to be found on old maps of Brazil, where it indi cates the control of territory by the members of the Brazilian section of this ancient order, which was instituted by Denys, King of Portu gal, in 1231, to expel the Moors from Betica, adjoining Portugal. According to eighteenth century historians, the order "added many gal lant Countries in Asia, Africk, and Brazil, to the domains of Portugal, and so improved their own Estates, that all the Isles in the At- lantick do belong to them ; besides the Rents of the Mine of St. George in Guinea, amount ing to 100,000 Ducats of yearly Income." 437. Brazil Empire. — Driven from their kingdom by the invading armies of Napoleon, the royal family of Portugal in 1808 took ref uge in Brazil, and for the first time in the his tory of the world a colony became the seat of government of its mother country. The prince regent, coming to the throne as Dom John VI, raised this standard of empire. In 1889 the colonists threw off the imperial yoke and estab lished a republic, retaining in their national ensign (see 458) some of the characteristic features of the empire flag — the yellow dia mond and the green field. The shield and im perial crown of the old flag, however, were replaced by the blue globe and the republican motto, "Ordem e Progresso." 438. Spanish Flag in Mexico. — The old flag from which this illustration has been made was carried by Spanish troops in the war of Mexican independence and it now reposes, among other relics of that struggle, in the mu seum at Mexico City. Its peculiar design is an adaptation of the raguled cross of the Span ish Bourbons, which may also be seen in the earlier flags of Ostend and Biscay (1143 and 1 146), but with an added feature of crown- crested coats-of-arms on the ends of the cross. 439. Mexico Flag. — Migrating Aztecs, suc cessors to the Toltecs in Mexico, in 1325 came to the shores of a lake in the valley of Mexico, or Anahuac, and there, as had been foretold by their oracle, "they beheld, perched on the stem of a prickly pear, which shot out from the crevices of a rock that was washed by the waves, a royal eagle of extraordinary size and beauty, with a serpent in his talons and his broad wings open to the sun." This deter mined the location of Tenochtitlan, now the City of Mexico. From this legend was devised the coat-of-arms which appears in the center of this flag, adopted when Mexico became in dependent, in 1821 (see new coat-of-arms and. Mexican flags 489-492-493). 440. Alamo Flag. — This was the flag- that. floated in 1836 over the historic mission for tress, the Alamo, at San Antonio, when Texas was fighting for her independence. For twelve days the garrison of 178 Americans held out under the heavy bombardment of a force of 4,000 -Mexicans. On the 6th of March the gar rison was so weakened that the Mexicans were able to make assaults. ,Twice beaten back, the invaders were successful at last only through sheer weight of numbers. They gained an en trance to find but five of the brave defenders alive. These Santa Anna ordered bayoneted in cold blood. The war cry, "Remember the Alamo," echoed over many a battlefield, lead ing the Texans to ultimate victory. The date indicated the adherence to the constitution of 1824, and for this reason the numbers were used in place of the eagle, serpent, and cactus of the Mexican national flag. 441. Texas Flag (Naval). — When Texas seceded from Mexico and became an inde pendent republic, the first flag that seems to have been adopted was the naval flag, with its single star and thirteen stripes, the latter evi dently borrowed from her neighbor to the north, the United States. The date given for this is April 9, 1836, antedating by several months the adoption of the first national stand ard of Texas, the design of which was "an azure ground with a large golden star central." As to the origin of the lone star there are several legends. One gives the honor to Henry Smith, head of the Provisional Government, who is said to have sealed his State papers with the impression of a brass button on his coat, which had in relief a single star sur rounded by an oak wreath. Another story gives the credit to a Mrs. Venson, who pre sented a flag with that device to a Texas regi ment in 1836 (see State flag 328). 442-443. New Granada (Colombia). — These were the flags of New Granada, the confederation of South American States now mainly embraced in the! Republic of Colombia. In 1863 these States effected a closer union and changed their flag from three broad verti cal stripes of yellow, blue, and red to the pres ent Colombian flags (shown in 462-463). The old and new ensigns (442 and 462) are much 360 alike except for the change in stripes, for they both have the coat-of-arms and the same col ors. The eight-pointed star is on' both mer chant flags (443 and 463), but on the latter it is placed on an oval shield. 444. Ecuador. — This flag of Ecuador when it was a part of the Republic of Colombia had as its coat-of-arms a design which was very similar to that used at present (see 480). The circle of seven stars in the upper part of the blue stripe represented the seven provinces of the republic. 445. South Peru.— The flag of this coun try was in existence but a short time, for the Peruvian - Bolivian Confederation, to which South Peru belonged, only endured about two years. In the process of evolution which brought about the present South American na tions, stirring events occurred with great ra pidity and States formed by political factions were dissolved almost overnight. , This par ticular confederation was inaugurated May 1, 1837, and consisted of three States— North Peru, South Peru, and Bolivia— with a presi dent for each and with General Santa Cruz as the supreme director, or dictator, of the whole. It was dissolved following severe fighting and the overthrow of the dictator. 446. Guatemala. — Conquered in 1525 by the Spaniards under Don Pedro de Alvarado, who became famous as Cortes' chief lieutenant in the conquest of Mexico and was dispatched by him to effect the conquest of the lands to the south, Guatemala continued under Spanish rule until 1821, when independence was at tained. The Guatemala of those days con sisted of the whole of Central America, and it was not until 1839 that it broke up under civil wars into the five republics of Guatemala, Honduras, San Salvador, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. The flag shown in the illustration was the standard adopted May 31, 1858, which preceded the present ensign (see 482). 447 - 448 - 449. Entre Rios, Corrientes, Santa Ee. — These were the flags of the Span ish settlements established in what is now Ar gentina. In the days of the viceroys they were under the control of a government located at Buenos Aires, which in turn was under the authority of the vice-royalty of Peru. Later Buenos Aires became the seat of its own viceroy, having authority over the Argentine Confederation, composed of these three States and the territory now occupied by Uruguay, Paraguay, and Bolivia. Entre Rios, Corri- entes, and Santa Fe are still in existence, their flags today having the same relative impor tance of our own State flags. The golden sun in the center of the Entre Rios flag is still used in the same position on the ensign of modern Argentina (see 451). THE FLAGS OF PAN-AMERICA 450. The flag of the Pan-American Union is a pennant adopted in 1907 and embodies all of the colors of the twenty-one republics of the Western Hemisphere. 451. The national banner of the Argentine Republic was devised in 1812. The Congress of Tucuman formally recognized it as the standard of the new Argentine Republic, then officially designated "The United Provinces of the Rio de La Plata." The Argentine banner is something more than merely the national flag of that Republic. It is associated in a large measure with the glories of Latin Amer ica, for, under the leadership of General de San Martin (see also 431) and General Bel- grano, it helped to free Bolivia, Chile, Peru, and Ecuador. This flag has three stripes, sky- blue at the top and bottom and white in the middle. In the center of the field is a golden representation of the sun. 452. The merchant flag of Argentina, known as the "Bandera Menor," or flag of peace, is exactly like the national ensign, except that the blazing sun is omitted. 453- The presidential flag of the Argentine Republic consists of a banner upon which the national coat-of-arms is emblazoned. The es sential principle of the coat-of-arms is that of an ellipse divided by the horizontal diameter, the field of the upper half being sky-blue and that of the lower half white. In the center of the upper section is a carmine liberty cap, sup ported by a vertical golden staff, held upright by two clasped hands. Around the ellipse is a border consisting of a wreath of two inter twined laurel brandies. At the apex there is a representation of a golden sun. 454. After Bolivia was liberated by the sword of Gen. Simon Bolivar (see also 433), .a national flag and coat-of-arms were adopted. The national ensign consists of three stripes — red at the top, gold in the middle, and green at the bottom. The red denotes the animal kingdom, the gold the mineral kingdom, and the green the vegetable kingdom. In the cen ter of the field is placed the national coat-of- arms. 455. The merchant banner of Bolivia is a duplicate of the national ensign, with the coat- of-arms omitted. 456. Bolivia's coat-of-arms is elliptical in form. In the center appears the mountain crest of Potosi, celebrated for its traditional mineral wealth ; beneath this are an alpaca, a sheaf of wheat, and a breadfruit tree. In the upper part is a rising sun with light cloud ef fect. At the apex is the inscription, "Bolivia." On each side of the oval are three Bolivian banners, a cannon, two rifles with fixed bayo nets pointing upward at an angle ; on the right is an Inca battle-axe and on the left a liberty cap ; above all, as a crest, is the condor of the Andes between two branches of laurel and olive. 457. The flag of the Argentine Admiral ashore is blue, with three stars next to and parallel with the staff, and an anchor in the center of the field. 361 GIBRALTAR MALTA CYPRUS H COM. ISLE OF MAN ALDERNEY 861 862 863 864 865 JERSEY GUERNSEY 866 867 881"*^S^ 882"-^^^' — 884"- -" 885 879 NEW BERMUDA BAHAMA SOMBRERO AND JAMAICA TURKS AND LEEWARD FOUNDLAND 880 ISLANDS BAHAMA LIGHTS 883 CAICOS ISLES ISLES TRINIDA & TOBAG 894 D FALKLAND O ISLES 895 H COMMISSIONER WESTERN PACIFIC RESIDENT BRIT. SOLOMON BRIT. R ESI DENT. COMMISSIONER I -PROTECT. GILBERTAND NEW HEBRIDES ELLICE ISLES BLUE ENSIGN 03 N. ZEALAND RED ENSIGN TONGA— ENSIGN 905 0 0 1 B ) i 1 TONGA— STANE 906 1ARD ^mi: HM C TO N C A— C U STO M S u 907 3d 2 912"- -^ 913 "-^"-^ 914^^^^ 91y^-^^^ 916^^—-^ 917 918 QUEENSLAND NEW VICTORIA SOUTH WESTERN TASMANIA TERRITORY SOUTH WALES AUSTRALIA AUSTRALIA PAPUA ^TT^ NORTH BORNEO CO 919 923 STRAITS LABUAN SETTLEMENTS 924 HONG KONG WEIHAIWEI MAURITIUS SEYCHELLES 926 927 928 929 363 458. The present flag of Brazil was largely inherited from the extinct empire. It consists of a green field, twice as long as wide, on which a diamond-shaped figure is inscribed in yel low. The green represents the vegetable king dom and the yellow the mineral. The blue circle within the yellow diamond, studded with stars, is a representation of the heavens at Rio, when the constellation of the Southern Cross is at the meridian. The words stamped in the course of the terrestrial orbit„ mean "Order and Progress." 459. The President's flag of Brazil consists of a blue field, with the national coat-of-arms in the center. The large five-pointed star typi fying the unity and territorial integrity of the nation is bisected in such a manner that one of the halves of each point is green and the other yellow, symbolizing respectively'the vege table and mineral wealth of the country. The blue circular band inscribed within- the star contains twenty-one small silver stars, remind ers of the twenty States of the Brazilian Union and the neutral city of Rio de Janeiro. The five large stars in the center of the coat-of- arms represent the constellation of the South ern Cross. The entire shield is upheld by a vertical sword, in the center of whose hilt on a red field is set a star. The shield is encircled by two branches of coffee and tobacco plants as emblems of the country's agricultural wealth, while the straight golden rays, radiating in. all directions outward and upward beyond the shield, denote the rising of the sun — that is, the glorious future and destiny of Brazil. In scribed below are the words "Estados Unidos do Brazil" (the United States of Brazil) and the date of the establishment of the republic, November 15, 1889. 460. October 18, 1917, will be the centennial of the Chilian flag. October 18, 1817, Gen. Bernardo O'Higgins, the supreme dictator of Chile, decreed its adoption. It consists of a field, the lower half of which is red and the upper white, with a blue canton in the upper left-hand corner occupied by a large five- pointed silver star. 461. The banner of the President of Chile consists of the national ensign with the coat- of-arms of the country thereon. The condor and guemul supporting the shield represent the strongest and most majestic bird of the Chilian Andes and the most peculiarly Chilian quad ruped. The tuft of three feathers which crowns the shield was formerly used as a spe cial mark of distinction on the hat of the Presi dent of the Republic, as a representation of the supreme executive dignity of the nation. In the old days of wooden ships the sailor who first succeeded in boarding a warship of the enemy and came out of the action alive was rewarded by being crowned with a naval dia dem of gold. Copies of this crown appear on the head of the condor and the guemul. The inscription on the coat-of-arms means "By Right or Might." 462. Colombia inherited its flag and coat- of-arms from the Republic of New Granada, of which it is the successor. Following the death of Simon Bolivar, the Colombian Union, set up by him, which consisted of the present republics of Venezuela, Ecuador, Colombia, and Panama, ceased to exist, and New Granada, one of the succeeding States, adopted what is now the coat-of-arms and the flag of Colom bia. The upper half of this flag is yellow, the lower half divided between light blue and bright red, the red strip being at the bottom. On the ensign is embroidered the national coat- of-arms. 463. The merchant flag of Colombia is a replica of the national ensign, except that in stead of the coat-of-arms there appears a bright red oval surrounding a small field of blue, upon which is imposed an eight-pointed star. 464. Colombia's coat-of-arms consists of a shield divided into three horizontal sections, the upper section displaying upon a field of blue a golden pomegranate tinged with red, with the leaves and stem of the same color. On each side of the pomegranate is ,an in clined golden cornucopia, the one on the right pouring out toward the center gold coins and the one on the left overflowing with the fruits of the tropics. The middle section of the shield is platinum colored and bears a red lib erty cap supported upon a lance. The lower section represents a silvery-waved ocean, di vided by the Isthmus of Panama, with full- rigged ship in both the Pacific Ocean and Caribbean Sea. The shield is supported by -four national banners. The crest shows the condor of the Andes with -extended wings, from its beak hanging a laurel w*reath to which is attached a streamer bearing the inscription, in Latin, in black letters, "Liberty and Order." 465. For a description of the coat-of-arms of Chile, see 461. 4.66. Costa Rica's flag is made up of five stripes, blue at the top and bottom, red- in the center, and white between the red and blue. The red stripe is double width. The national coat-of-arms, in diameter equal to the red stripe, is placed in the center of the field. 467. The merchant flag of Costa Rica is a duplicate of the ensign except that the coat- of-arms is left off. 468. As revised by the decree of 1906, the coat-of-arms of Costa Rica represents three volcanoes and an extensive valley between two oceans, with a merchant ship sailing on each of them. On the extreme left of the line that marks the horizon is a rising sun. On the upper part of the field are two myrtle palms, half covered and joined by a white ribbon which contains the following.inscription in gold letters : "Republica de Costa Rica." The field between the peaks of the volcanoes and the myrtle palms contains five stars of equal.-size arranged in an arc. The crest of the shield is a blue ribbon interlaced in the shape of a crown and bearing in silver letters the inscription, "America Central." 469. The quarantine flag of Cuba is yellow, with a black anchor and Greek cross superim posed upon the center. 470. The Cuban patriotically calls his na tional flag "La Estrella Solitaria," or "The Lone Star." This banner became the official emblem of Cuba on the 20th of May, 1902. It consists of a field with three blue and two white horizontal stripes, with a solitary star set in the center of a red equilateral triangle 364 imposed upon the staff end of the field. The "lone star" is taken from the banner of the old Republic of Texas, the equilateral triangle from Masonic symbolism. 471. The flag of the Secretary of the Navy of Cuba has a blue ground and an anchor in white in the center. 472. The national coat-of-arms of Cuba was adopted during the revolutionary period of the republic's history. It has the form of an ogive shield and is divided into three sec tions, two of which are in the'iower two-thirds of the shield. In the left half of the lower two-thirds are three blue and two white stripes of the Cuban flag. In the right half is depicted a characteristic landscape of rural Cuba. The upper third of the shield shows a sea with two rocky capes, between which is a golden key closing the strait thus formed, signifying that Cuba, with her fine geographical position, is the key to the Gulf of Mexico. The golden disk of the sun, rising out of the waves of the sea and shedding its rays in all directions, rep resents Cuba, redeemed by the blood of mar tyrs and heroes, with a bright and glorious future before her. The shield is supported by fasces surmounted by a crimson liberty cap on which appears a five-pointed star. Two inter twined branches, the one of evergreen oak and the other of laurel, denoting respectively en during strength and vitality and victory, en circle the right' and left sides of the shield. 473. The flag of the Captain of the fleet of Cuba is a blue triangular pennant with an anchor in white imposed on it. 474. When the people of the eastern part of the island of Haiti threw off the yoke of the Haitian Government and established the Dominican Republic, they designed a flag which consists of a field crossed in both direc tions with white. The upper quarter next the flagstaff and the lower quarter at the free end are blue, wi*|fe the lower quarter next the staff and the upper quarter at the free end are red. In the national ensign the coat-of-arms of the Dominican Republic appears on the white cross. 475. The merchant flag of the Dominican Republic is like the national ensign except that the coat-of-arms is omitted. 476. On the shield of the coat-of-arms of; the Dominican Republic appear the Cross, the Bible, and the colors of the country. Below floats a streamer with the inscription, "Dios, Patria, Libertad" — "God, Country, Liberty." These words were the secret password of "La Trinitaria," the patriotic society which inau gurated the revolution that resulted in' the freedom of the republic. 477. The admiral's flag of the Dominican Republic is like the national ensign (474) ex cept that the outward third of the fly is swal low-tailed. 478. Under a legislative decree entered in 1900 the national flag of Ecuador is the old Venezuelan flag of 1811. The only difference between it and the Colombian flag (462) is that the Ecuadorean coat-of-arms appears in stead of the Colombian. The law provides that the flag raised over the national buildings, warships, fortresses, and those hoisted by the diplomatic and consular agents of the republic in foreign countries, shall bear the coat-of^ arms of the nation in the center on the yellow and blue stripes. 479. The Ecuadorean law of 1900 provides that the flag used by individuals and merchant shipping shall be the national colors without any insignia. The flags flown over municipal buildings have, under that law, a circle of white stars on the blue stripe, of a number equal to that of the provinces which compose the republic. 480. The coat-of-arms of Ecuador consists of an oval shield, supported by the colors of the republic, in the upper part of which is a representation of the sun, with that part of the zodiac in which are found the signs corre sponding to the months of March, April, May, and June. At the left of the shield is a repre sentation of Mount Chimborazo, washed by a river on which floats a steamship.. The shield rests on consular fasces, the emblem of repub lican dignity, and is crowned by a condor with outstretched wings. 481. The commanding officer's pennant of the Dominican Republic is triangular, with the representation of the national colors still pre served. 482. The present national flag of Guate mala is one which was provided under a de cree of 1871, restoring the colors fixed by the National Assembly in 1823. It consists of three vertical stripes of equal dimensions, blue and white, the latter in the center. The national ensign bears the coat-of-arms of the country on the w*hite stripe. 483. The merchant flag of Guatemala is like the national ensign except that the coat- of-arms is omitted. 484. The National Congress of Honduras in 1866 made the flag of the republic that of the old Central American Federation— two blue stripes and one white stripe between, placed horizontally, and in addition a group of five stars, five-pointed, in the center of the white field. In the national ensign these stars are replaced by the coat-of-arms and regrouped so as to form a curved row of five stars -below fhe escutcheon, 485. The Honduras merchant flag, which the law says' is the national flag, as distin guished from the war flag, has the five stars so grouped in the center of the white stripe as to form an "X." 486. The coat-of-arms of the Republic of Haiti was established under the constitution of 1843. It consists of a palm surmounted by the cap of Liberty and ornamented with a trophy of arms, with the motto, "L'Union fait la force" (In union there is strength). When President Soulouque established himself as Emperor Faustin I, he modified the coat-of- arms, but it was restored in 1861 and has since remained unchanged. 487. Guatemala's coat-of-arms dates from 1871. It consists of a shield with two rifles and two 'swords of gold entwined by laurel branches. On the scroll are the words "Liber tad, 15 de Setiembre de 1821" (Liberty. 15th of September, 1S21V Above the scroll is a quetzal, the national bird of Guatemala, corre sponding to the American eagle. It is said that this bird never survives captivity, even when 36s 958 -^b^- 959 SOMALILAND NYASALAND NIGERIA PROTECTORATE PROTECTORATE PROTECTORATE 962 SIERRA LEONE 963^^ GOLD COAST 964 ST HELENA GOVERNOR GENERAL UNION SOUTH AFRICA 965 969^ -'' 970^"«^ 971 *¦»¦' 972 ""•KBi*^' 973*^^1^' 974 ~~ 975-a CAPEGOODHOPE NATAL ORANGE RIVER TRANSVAAL RHODESIA HIGH COMMISSIONER SOUTH AFRICA MILITARY OFFICERS AFLOAT 977 CONSULAR (SHORE) 978 - PORT LONDON 979 AUTHORITY _ _.H UMBER CONSERVANCY 980 ^^^^r* 981 -^pr 982 MERSEY DOCKS COMM'SPORT COMMS.PORT & HARBOR BD RANGOON CALCUTTA ROYAL MAIL VESSELS 983 PORT LONDON AUTHORITY 984 THAMES CONSERVANCY 985 CUSTOMS COMMISSIONER 986 366 | 999 GERMANY [1 1000 GERMANY 10 FLAGS MARITIME STATES IMPERIAL MARINE ? BADGES BELOW ,N pLACE^xxBADGE ABOVE FOREIGN! BUILDINGS! 1004 PRUSSIA BREMEN 1005 1010 OFFICE '& VESSELS 1009 1011 OTHER DEPTS POST OFFICE 1012 NAVAL RESERVE OLDENBURG HAMBURG U07 *»" 1008 MECKLEN LUBECK BURG TU RKEY IMPERIAL STANDARD 1022 1021 TURKEY 'ERIAL STANDARD AFLOAT TU RKEY RELIGIOUS FLAG 1023 V 367 taken in early life. In the ancient days of the Indians none but the royal family could wear its beautiful feathers. The tail feathers of the male, which sometimes reach a length of three feet, are of a peacock green ranging to indigo, and contrast with the scarlet breast of this proud and unconquerable bird. 488. The coat-of-arms of Honduras is an elaborate affair, with a shield supported on the mountains of the republic, and surmounted by two horns of plenty, out of which all good things in tropical fruits and flowers are flow ing. On the shield is a pyramid, with a blazing sun rising out of the green waters of the sea. Around the shield is an inscription which reads, "Republic of Honduras — Free, Sover eign, Independent — 15 Sept., 1821." 489. Mexico Coat-of-Arms. — The design for the coat-of-arms of Mexico has been changed very recently from that shown on the flag pictured in 439 to this arrangement, which shows a side view of the eagle. It is, of course, based upon the legend relating to the founding of Mexico City. It has the same fundamen tals — the eagle, the serpent, the nopal cactus, and the branches of laurel and evergreen oak — • but, in addition, has the words "Estados- Unidos-Mexicanos" (United States of Mexico) to round out the circle and further to identify the seal. The change was made in January, 1917, under the direction of President Car- ranza, the explanation given being that it con forms more closely to the ancient Aztec picto- graphs of the event. 490. The national flag of Haiti consists of a field, the upper part of which is blue and the lower red, with the coat-of-arms of the coun try in the center. The flag was adopted in 1843- 491. The merchant flag of Haiti is blue and red, exactly like the national ensign, except for the absence of the coat-of-arms. 492. Dating from 1823, the national flag of Mexico consists of three parallel, vertical bars, the one next the flagstaff being green, the mid dle one white, and the outer one red. The three guarantees of the republic, which date from that time, are symbolized in the flag. The green denotes independence, the white the purity of religion, and the red the union of the Spanish element with the Mexican nation. On the white bar is placed the national coat-of- arms (see also 439-489). 49B. Mexico's merchant flag is exactly like the national ensign, except that the coat-of- arms is absent. 494. The ensign of Nicaragua consists of a field of three horizontal bars, the upper and lower blue and the middle one white, with the coat-of-arms of the country on the white bar. This flag dates from 1823, although in 1854 it was superseded by another banner, which, in its turn, gave place to the old one again. The coat-of-arms consists of a triangular shield (No. 498). 495. According to the law cited by the Pan- American Union respecting the merchant flag of Nicaragua, merchant vessels shall not bear the coat-of-arms on the flag. 496. The present escutcheon of the Repub lic of Panama is described in the Constitution. It rests upon a field of green, symbolical of vegetation. It is ogival in form and divided into three parts. The center of the shield shows the Isthmus with its two seas and the sky, wherein is depicted the moon rising over the waves, with the sun setting behind the mountains, thus marking the solemn hour of Panama's declaration of independence. The upper part is subdivided into two sections. In the right-hand section, on a silver field, appear a sword and gun, so placed as to suggest abandonment, signifying an eternal farewell to the civil wars that have heretofore been the cause of the country's ruin. In the section to the left, on a field of red, appear a spade and hoe, crossed, to symbolize labor. The lower part of the shield is also subdivided into two sections. The right-hand section shows, on a field of azure, a cornucopia, the emblem of plenty, and in the left-hand section, on a field of silver, is a winged wheel, symbolizing prog ress. Surmounting the shield and covering it with outstretched wings is poised an eagle, the emblem of sovereignty, its head turned to the left and holding in its beak a silver streamer with ends flying to right and' left. On the streamer is the following motto : "Pro mundi beneficio" (For the benefit of the world). Above the eagle seven golden stars are grouped in the form of an arch, representing the prov inces into which the republic is divided. As decorative accessories two national flags, gath ered at the lower extremity of the staff, are stacked on either side of the shield. 497. The field of the flag of Panama is di vided into four quarters. The upper quarter next to the flagstaff is white and the lower one farthest away from the staff is also white. The lower quarter next the flagstaff is blue and the upper quarter farthest away is red. In the upper white quarter appears a blue star and in the lower white quarter a red star. Both the flag and coat-of-arms of the republic are only provisional, the constitution authorizing a contest for the adoption of a permanent de sign. 498. The present escutcheon of Nicaragua was borrowed from the old "United Provinces of the Center of America," of which it was a member. On the base appears a range of vol canoes, located upon a strip of land washed by both oceans ; surmounting these and in the upper part of the triangle appears a rainbow, below this a liberty cap radiating light. Around the escutcheon appears the legend in gold, "Re- publica de Nicaragua America Central." 499. The law prescribing the coat-of-arms of Peru says : "The coat-of-arms of the Peru vian Republic shall consist of a shield divided into three fields, to wit : one of sky blue, to the right, on which shall be a llama looking toward the left; another of white, to the left, with a cinchona tree; in the base a field of red with a cornucopia, from which flow coins of gold. These emblems symbolize the riches of Peru in the three natural kingdoms. The shield shall bear as a crest a civic crown (laurel wreath), and on_ either side a flag and a standard with the national colors." 500. Paraguay's coat-of-arms consists of palm and olive branches interlaced at the ver tex with a circular space between; in the cen ter of this space is the morning .star, and in 368 the outer border the inscription, "Republica de Paraguay." 501. The ensign of Paraguay is composed of three bars — the upper red, the middle white, the lower blue — running horizontally. In the center on the obverse side appears the national coat-of-arms. On the reverse side, also in the center, is the seal of the Hacienda (Treasury), a circle bearing the inscription, "Paz y Jus- ticia" (Peace and Justice), in the center of which is depicted a lion in a vigilant attitude, defending the Phrygian cap — the symbol of liberty — above him on a pike. 502. The national standard and flag of Peru is composed of three vertical stripes, the end ones red and the middle one white. On the latter appears the coat-of-arms with its crest. and surrounded at its base by a laurel branch to the left and a palm to the right, both tied together at their lower ends. This flag was established by the Peruvian Congress which met in 1825 and has never been changed. 503. The merchant flag of Peru is the same as the national ensign, except that the coat-of- arms is omitted. 504. The merchant flag of Paraguay has the same colors as the national ensign, the coat- of-arms being omitted ; in its place appeafs at the end of the white stripe next to the flag staff the seal of the department having to do with merchant rnarine matters. 505.- The flag of the admiral of the Para guayan navy is a swallow-tailed banner in the national Colors, with a yellow half moon on the end of 'the white bar nearest the swallow tail. 506. In 1912 the Congress of Salvador or dered a return to the original coat-of-arms and flag of Central America as they' existed in the days of the "United Provinces of the Center of America." The flag consists of the familiar three horizontal bars, the upper and lower blue and the central one white, with the coat-of-arms of the country in the middle of the white bar. This is the flag for ports and vessels and for government envoys to foreign countries. 507. The merchant flag does not bear the coat-of-arms, but on the middle stripe is in scribed in silver letters, "Dios, Union y Lib- ertad." 508. Uruguay has but one flag for its na tional banner and the emblem of its merchant marine. This consists of nine stripes, five white and four blue, white at the top and bot tom. In the upper corner next to the staff is a white canton on which appears a blazing sun. This is known as "El Sol de Mayo" (The Sun of May), symbolizing the awakening of the colony into independent national life. 509. The escutcheon of LTruguay is an oval crowned with a sun and divided into four quarters. In the upper right-hand division is depicted, on a field of blue, a pair of scales, symbolizing equality and justice; in the upper left-hand division, on a field of silver, the Cerro of Montevideo, as a symbol of power; in the lower right-hand division, on a field of silver, a horse running loose, symbolizing lib erty; and in the left-hand lower quarter, on a blue field, an ox, as a symbol of abundance. The field is inclosed within two branches of olive and laurel joined at the bottom by a bow of azure. 510. The law establishing the coat-of-arms of Salvador says: "The-escutcheon of El Sal vador shall, be an equilateral triangle. At its base shall appear a cordillera of five volcanoes located on a strip of land appearing to be washed by both seas";" in the upper part a rain bow curved above ; beneath an arc, a liberty cap radiating light, and in the form of a semi circle an inscription, "15 de Setiembre 1821." Surrounding the triangle and in the form of a circle shall be inscribed in letters of gold, "Republica de El Salvador en la America Central," and at the base of the triangle, "Dios, Union y Libertad." The great seal of the na tion, that of the Secretary of the National ,i Assembly, and that of government representa tives and tribunals of justice bear the same coat-of-arms. 511. The coat-of-arms of Venezuela was established under a decree of 1905. It consists of a shield divided into three parts, the one at the right yellow, with a sheaf of seven heads of wheat. The second section is red, bearing arms and two national flags bound together with a wreath of laurel. The third section occupies the entire lower portion of the shield, is blue, and bears- an -untamed white horse. The crest of the shield is an emblem of plenty, two cornucopias -flowing with fruit. At the lower edge of the shield is a branch of laurel and palm tied together by a ribbon, bearing in gold letters the following inscription: "Inde- pendeTicia — Libertad — 5 de Julio de 1811 — 24 de Marzo de 1854 — Dibs y Federacion" (Inde pendence — Liberty — God and the Federation). July 5, 181 1, was the date of the republic's declaration of independence, and March 24, 1854, the date of the abolition of slavery. THE NAVAL FLAGS OF THE WORLD 514-727. These flags and pennants, showing all of the flags of command, commission pen nants, jacks, and pilot flags of the navies of the world, are used in the same manner as the corresponding ones of the United States, and the reader is directed to descriptions 49, 50, 51, 53, 54, 58, and 64-68, inclusive, for in formation as to the time, occasion, and manner of their respective use. 369 370 1121 VICE ADMIRALL ?EAR | ENCLISF- ADMIRALL 1123 ENSIGN 3UGEE FLAG j EAST INDIA [GUINVCOMP SCOTCH "1128 1129 COMP 1 130 ENSIGN u^, ENSIGN 1124 VICE ADMIRALL i ^5 ADMIRALL HOLLAND S CONSTANT! NOPLE 1197 THE FLAGS OF THE WORLD TWO HUNDRED YEARS AGO. IN 1705 371 THE FLAGS OF EUROPE, ASIA, AND AFRICA 728. The flag of Abyssinia consists of three horizontal stripes, the uppermost green, the middle yellow, and the bottom red. This ban ner flies over that part of Africa which was known in Bible times as Ethiopia. It is the emblem of authority of a government which has been called a sort of feudal monarchy. The Emperor's title is "King of Kings." Cer tain parts of the country are ruled by princes, some of them appointed by the Emperor and others self-constituted. Some of these princes have retinues of supporters who are perpetual warriors and whose usefulness lasts as long as there are any insubordinate tribes to pacify. The Abyssinian army, numbering about 150,000, is ' largely composed of cavalry and is well adapted for swift movement, as it is not in cumbered by any commissariat, its maintenance being obtained from the inhabitants of regions through which it passes. 729. The flag of Albania has a red field, upon which is imposed a black double-headed spread eagle. This flag dates from 1913, in which year a council of six members, chosen by the powers of Europe, set up the principal ity as an offset to Serbia's desire to possess a port on the Adriatic Sea. Austria resented Serbia's designs on the ground that- the small nation would cut off the dual monarchy from an outlet to the Mediterranean in a way as prejudicial to her interests as the closed Dar danelles were prejudicial to the interests of Russia. 730. The coat-of-arms of Andorra, one of the four vest-pocket nations of the world, has a quartered shield bearing thereon the episco pal miter, the crozier of Urgel, the red and yellow pales of Aragon, and two belled cows. Andorra is under the joint sovereignty of France and the Spanish Bishop of Urgel. It is governed by a council of twenty-four mem bers elected for four years by the heads of families in each parish. The council elects a first and second syndic to preside; the execu tive power is vested in the first syndic, while the judicial power is exercised by a civil judge and two magistrates. France and the Bishop of Urgel each appoint a magistrate and a civil judge alternately. The permanent delegate of the prefect of the Pyrenees-Orientales has charge of the interests of France in the re public. 731. A century ago Napoleon declared, "I recall a miniature republic lost in a corner of the Pyrenees." Today the hero, the conqueror, and the soldier, merely a handful of dust, is often recalled by Andorra. But in its mild ness, its weakness, its isolation, the republic has found strength, and its colors float upon the breeze as independent as they were a cen tury ago, when they waved over an island of peace in the great sea of human carnage dur ing the Napoleonic wars. For nearly six cen turies it has been thus. The war between France and England, begun at Crecy and Poi tiers, did not move the tiny country. Queen Isabella and Ferdinand left it unmolested. Charles V, dreaming dreams of empire as great as those of Charlemagne, did not crush it upon his way to the Netherlands or to Italy. Philip II, weaving his web of expanding power around so many principalities, cast no entang ling thread about it. Cynical Louis XI did not deign to harm it, and Louis XIV, although he ordered that there should be no more Pyre nees, left it undisturbed. It was a spectator of the Carlist War in Spain in 1833 and of the contest between France and Germany in 1870. 732. Built upon a rampart of rocks and hid den upon the southern slope of the Pyrenees, liberty has found a home in Andorra for a thousand years. Appreciating the services ren dered by the Andorrans in his campaign against the Moors, Charlemagne gave them a charter of freedom and permitted them to gov ern themselves. Louis the Pious confirmed these rights, and from that day to this the tiny country has been self-governed under its own code of laws. The Spanish Bishop of Urgel holds spiritual supremacy and looks after edu cational matters and religious instruction. France exerts a temporal influence by appoint ing the provost from the department of Ariege to control the military activities of the repub lic. The blue, yellow, and red flag of Andorra, with its coronet in the center, is the youngest thing in the nation. It is only fifty years old, having originated in the reform of 1866 to emphasize the autonomy of the valley; but neither of the co-suzerains has approved it. It is displayed when the council is in session. 733- The flag of the Chinese army has a red field upon which is centered a black star bearing eight yellow points, with nine yellow disks on the body of the star. This is the flag of the republic and is entirely different from the one flown by the Chinese armies in the past. 734- The royal standard of Belgium con sists of three vertical bars — black, yellow, and red — with black next the staff. The national arms are imposed upon the middle or yellow bar. These arms consist of a golden lion on a black ground. Its tongue and jaws are red. The shield is ensigned with the royal crown of Belgium and the supporters are two golden lions. The motto of Belgium is "L'Union fait la force" (Union makes strength). The black, yellow, and red of the Belgian flag are the colors of the Duchy of Brabant, and were adopted in 183 1, when the monarchy was founded. 735. Belgium's merchant flag is a duplicate of the royal standard, except that the coat-of- arms is omitted. 736. The flag of the Chinese navy under the republic is red, with a blue canton in the upper corner next the staff, upon which is a large white sun with rays emanating in the form of small triangles. This flag succeeds the one in 372 which the dragon, on a yellow field, was shown in the act of devouring a red sun. 737. China's national flag, which is also used in the merchant service, consists of five broad horizontal stripes, the uppermost red, the next yellow, the next blue, the next white, and the one at the bottom black. These colors stand respectively for China, Manchuria, Mon golia, Tibet, and Turkestan. 738. The royal standard of Denmark con sists of a swallow-tail red fly with the danne- brog, or silver cross, upon it. The origin of this cress is said to date from 1219, when King Waldemar, at a critical moment in his career, averred that he had seen this cross in the heavens. He asserted that it became strength for him and saved Denmark. At the intersec tion of the dannebrog is the coat-of-arms. The first quarter of the shield represents Denmark, with three blue lions, crowned, on a golden ground powdered with red hearts. The second quarter represents Schleswig, with two blue lions on a golden ground. The third quarter stands for modern Sweden and shows three golden crowns on a blue field; Iceland is rep resented by a silver hawk on a red ground ; the Faroe Islands by a silver goat walking on a blue ground, and Greenland by a silver polar bear on a blue ground. The fourth quarter proclaims Jutland, a blue lion at the top on a golden ground with ten red hearts below ; Van- dalia has a golden dragon on a red ground, and Holstein is represented by three leaves of nettle and the three nails of the Passion of Christ. The supporters are two savage men wearing green wreaths and holding wooden clubs (see also 1172). 739. Denmark's ensign is the same as the royal standard (738), except that the national coat-of-arms is omitted. It is the oldest na tional ensign in existence. 740. The merchant flag of Denmark has a red field with a white cross upon it, and omits the swallow-tail feature of the ensign. 741. The flag of Iceland is of the same di mensions as the Danish merchant flag, the field being blue and the cross red, with thin white stripes separating the red of the cross from the blue of the field. The republic of FRANCE 742. The flag of the President of France consists of the French tricolor, with the initials of the President in gold on the white stripe. 743. The familiar and inspiring tricolor of France dates from the year that gave the United States its Constitution — 1789. The best authorities are doubtful as to the true story of its origin, but there are three principal theories as to the derivation of its combination of colors. The first of these, and the most au thentic, is that after the taking of the Bastille, when Lafayette had been appointed by accla mation commander-in-chief of the National Guard, he devised for the Guard a new cock ade made of the white of the royal family and of the colors of Paris time out of mind, which were and continue to be red and blue. From this cockade, most historians believe, came the French national flag. Another version links the tricolor with the three historic flags of France — the blue of the Chape de Martin, the red of the oriflamme, and the white of the Bourbons. It will be recalled that the Chape de Martin was supposed to be the original cloak which St. Martin divided with a beggar at Amiens, which act was followed by a vision of Christ making known to the angels this deed of charity. The chape was in the keeping of the monks of Marmoutier, and Clovis carried it when he conquered Alaric, while Charlemagne bore it at Narbonne. When the kings of France transferred the seat of government to Paris, the local saint, St. Denis, was held in high honor, and gradually the plain scarlet banner, known as the oriflamme, and kept in the abbey church, supplanted the blue of St. Martin as the national colors. The oriflamme appeared for the last time at the battle of Agincourt, in 1415. The Huguenot party ir France adopted the white flag, and when Henry III, himself a Protestant, came to the throne he made it the royal ensign. His successor, Henry IV, the first king of the Bourbons, adopted it as the national flag. The third ac count of the tricolor's origin is that it is copied from the shield of the Orleans family, as it appeared after Philippe figalite knocked off the fleur de lis. During the first and second em pires, the tricolor became the imperial stand ard, but in the center of the white stripe was placed the eagle, while all three stripes were richly powdered with the golden bees of the Napoleon family. The flag of France today waves over territory nearly one and a half times as large as that covered by the United States. French colonies have a total of ap proximately 4,500,000 square miles. Among the flags of the earth, only the Union Jack and the banner of Russia float over more territory. 744. The flag of the French Governors of Colonies consists of a blue field with a canton of white and red in the quarter next to the flagstaff, a blue stripe as wide as the white and the red stripe separating the canton from the staff. This flag is to be flown below the national ensign. 745. The flag of French Indo-China and of the Lieutenant Governor of Senegal is a dupli cate of the flag of the French Governors of Colonies, except that it is swallow-tailed. 746. The flag of Greece consists of nine alternate stripes of blue and white, four white and five blue, with a canton of blue in the upper corner next the staff, upon which is im posed a white cross bearing at its point of in tersection a Greek crown. The colors of the flag, white and blue, were derived from the arms of Otto of Bavaria, who was called to the throne of Greece in 1833. The motto of the nation reads, "My strength is my people's love." 747. The merchant flag of Greece is a dupli cate of the ensign, with the exception that the crown is omitted from the cross in the canton. 748. The ambassadorial flag of Italy con sists of a white fly, upon which is superim posed, in a line descending from the upper corner next the staff to the lower corner of the fly, three blue six-pointed stars. 749. When a merchant ship is taken over by the Italian navy, it flies a triangular pen nant, the base half of which next the staff is 373 blue and the apex half white. Upon the blue is placed a crowned anchor, proclaiming the government and the navy. 750. Italy's royal standard consists of a square blue field on which is centered the na tional coat-of-arms. A crown appears in each corner of the flag outside the encircling collar of the Annunciation. Within this collar is a crowned black spread-eagle on blue. On its breast is an oval shield bearing a silver cross on a red ground, the arms of Savoy (see also 1181). The collar itself is composed of a se ries of red and white roses and the letters F. E. R. T., meaning "Fortitudo ejus Rhodum tenuit" (His firmness held Rhodes), this being a tribute to Amadeus the Great from the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, in 1310, for his help against the Saracens at the siege of Rhodes. The pendant of the collar of the An nunciation bears a design representing that holy event. 751. When Napoleon made the northern provinces of Italy into a kingdom, in 1805, he gave it a flag of three colors — green next to the flagstaff, white in the middle, and red at the fly end. This flag disappeared when Na poleon was overthrown, but was revived when Victor Emmanuel, King of Sardinia and a representative of the house of Savoy, became king. Today Italy's ensign consists of the Savoy arms, surmounted by a crown, on the central white vertical stripe of Napoleon's green, white, and red. 752. The Italian merchant flag is an exact duplicate of the ensign, with the exception that the crown is omitted above the arms. 753- The flag of the Governor of Eritrea, the Italian colony in Africa, consists of a white field upon which are imposed the arms and crown of Italy. 754. The flag of the Emperor of Japan con sists of a red field upon which is centered a golden representation of the yellow chrysan themum. It is essential that the flower should invariably have sixteen petals. While the use of this flower as a badge is not necessarily confined to the imperial family, its members alone have the right to use the sixteen-petalled form. If used by any other family, society, or corporation, it must be with a number of petals less or more than sixteen. 755- The flag of the Japanese crown prince is like that of the emperor, except that the chrysanthemum is centered in a rectangle formed by a line of white on the red field of the flag. 756. The Japanese ensign consists of a ris ing sun, slightly to the left of the center of a white field, with rays radiating to all points of the compass. Both the sun and the rays are red, and the device is generally known as the sunburst. 757. The Japanese merchant flag is white, of rectangular form, with a rayless red sun in the center, its diameter approximately half the width of the field. 758. The Japanese guard flag is of white, with two horizontal parallel dancetty lines in red across it. A "dancetty" line is zigzag, re sembling the "worm" of a rail fence, with deep indentations. 759- The Japanese transport flag is identical with the Japanese guard flag, with the excep tion that the dancetty lines are blue instead of red. ' 760. The Japanese commanding officer's flag is a swallow-tail white, with the red sun and four rays, two vertical and two horizontal. 761. This flag, flown by all ships under Japanese registry carrying mail, consists of a white field with two horizontal red stripes, separated by a narrower white stripe occupy ing the upper half. The lower half is quar tered by a red stripe, which, with the .lower of the two horizontal red stripes, forms a T- square. 762. The flag which distinguishes a Japa nese repair ship is the same as that displayed by a transport, with the exception that the bot tom and top of the white field are bordered with red stripes. 763. In 1910 the Kingdom of Korea was abolished by Japan, whose influence in this ter ritory had been recognized as paramount by the treaty which ended the Russo-Japanese War. The name of Chosen was given the State, and the red and white of the Japanese ensign were utilized in the flag adopted. 764. The national ensign of Liberia, which is also the merchant flag, has eleven horizontal stripes of red and white, red at the top and bottom, with the blue canton in the upper cor ner next to the flagstaff, on which is super imposed a large white star. This flag was adopted at the time the Republic of Liberia1 was established, in 1847, hy colonists from America. 765. The flag of the President of Liberia consists of a square blue standard upon which is imposed a shield containing the red and white stripes of the national colors, and above it the five-pointed star of the republic. 766. The coat-of-arms of Liechtenstein (see 767) consists of a shield imposed upon the1 mantle of the Prince of the Holy Roman Empire, with his crown forming the crest. On the escutcheon, which is quartered, are the arms of Silesia for Ritberg; the second quar ter of the shield, with its six stripes of red and gold, and green crown of rue cutting them diagonally, represents Khuenring; the third quarter, half red and half- silver, is for Trop- pau ; the fourth quarter, of gold, with its black harpy crowned,_ represents East Frisia. At the point of the shield in blue is a golden hunting horn, representing Jagerndorf; the small red and gold shield in the center, imposed upon all four quarters, represents Liechtenstein itself. 767. With its field shared by yellow and red, the latter occupying the lower half, the, national banner of the principality of Liechten stein flies over a nation having an area of 65 square miles. This miniature principality lies between Austria and Switzerland. It consists of Schellenberg and Vaduz, formerly fiefs of the Roman Em.pire. Schellenberg in 1699 and Vaduz in 1712 came into the possession of the House of Liechtenstein and were set up as a principality by Emperor Carl VI in 1719. After the break-up of the empire in 1806, the princi pality was incorporated in the Rhine Confed eration. When the map of Europe was remade after the Napoleonic wars, it became a part of1 the German Confederation and remained so from that time until 1866, when the Confedera tion broke up. Since then it has not joined 374 itself with any other nation. There is no pub lic debt and the inhabitants have not been liable to military service since 1867. 768. With its tricolor of red. white, and blue in three horizontal bars, red at the top and blue at the bottom, the flag of Luxemburg flies over a country that did not raise a hand to check the invader in 1914. An alien army now passes over its soil at will and unresented. The population of Luxemburg is approximately 260,000, and it is governed by a reigning Grand Duchess and a Chamber of Deputies. The Grand Duchy was included from 1815 to 1S66 in the Germanic Confederation. By the treaty of London in 1867 it was declared neutral ter ritory and its integrity and independence were guaranteed. 769. The Prince of Monaco flies a flag con sisting of a white field upon which is a crowned shield, covered with lozenge-shaped figures of red and silver, surrounded by the collar of the order of St. Charles, instituted in 1863. The shield bears as a pendant a Maltese cross. The supporters are two monks with swords. The motto placed over the shield is "Deo Juvante" (God Helping). MONACO — SMALLEST XATI0X OX EARTH 770. The red and white flag of Monaco floats over the smallest nation on earth. The entire area of the territory, whose symbol of authority it is, is only eight square miles. Al though it is smallest in area, there are three smaller in population. It has 23,000 inhabit ants, as compared with 5.231 for Andorra, 10,716 for Liechtenstein, and 11,513 for San Marino. Monaco is a small principality on the Mediterranean, surrounded by the French de partment of Alpes-Maritime, except on the side toward the sea. After 968 A. D. it belonged to the house of Grimaldi. The reigning prince was dispossessed during the French Revolu tion, in 1792. and died in 1795. In 1814 the principality* was reestablished, but placed under the protection of the Kingdom of Sardinia by the treaty of Vienna in 1815. In 1848 the towns of Mentone and Roccabruna (now known as Roquebrune) revolted and declared themselves free. The prince thereupon ceded his rights over them to France and the principality thus became geographically an enclave of France, when the Sardinian garrison was withdrawn and the protectorate established in 1815 ended. The prince was an absolute ruler until 191 1, when a representative government was set up. 771. The State flag of Montenegro has a red field bordered with white. In the center is the royal coat-of-arms, with its double- headed spread-eagle in silver and holding in its talons a scepter and an orb. A small shield on the breast of the bird contains the letters "H I," and underneath the eagle is a golden lion passant. The initial H is the Montene grin X and refers to Nicholas, the King. "I" is the Roman numeral, the letters together standing for Xicholas I. 772. The military standard of Montenegro consists of a square field of red bordered with white, a Greek cross centered upon the red. The cross bears at its intersection the "H I" of the Montenegrin coat-of-arms. 773. The naval flag of Montenegro is a tri color with red at the top, blue in the middle, and white at the bottom in horizontal stripes. On the blue is a gold crown, below which are the letters "H I." The merchant flag is the same as the naval ensign, except that the letters and crown are omitted. 774. Morocco's flag now consists of a red field upon which is imposed a five-pointed star of striking design. This star proclaims the passing of Turkish influence in Morocco. Under the old regime the familiar crescent of the Mohammedan world was borne on the Mo roccan flag where the star is now imposed. The old flag of Morocco was red, bearing what appeared to be scissors, but which were in reality crossed yataghans. 775. The national flag of the Netherlands consists of three horizontal bars, red at the top, blue at the bottom, and white between. It is national flag, ensign, and merchant flag — all in one. In the sixteenth century it was orange, white, and blue, the orange being in honor of William the Silent, Prince of Orange. Both the victories of Van Tromp and De Reuter were gained under the present colors (see 377). 776. The royal standard of the Netherlands is buff quartered by a cross of blue. In each buff quarter there is placed a hunter's horn in blue, and upon the intersection of the cross is the royal coat-pf-arms, consisting of a blue ground dotted with golden billets and bearing a crowned golden lion rampant. The lion grasps in one paw* a naked sword and in the other a cluster of arrows. The shield has for its crest a crown. 777. The standard of the Prince of Nether lands is the reverse of the royal standard (1776) in its coloring. The cross is buff and the quarters are blue. Instead of the hunter's horns of the royal standard there are golden lions like the lion of the coat-of-arms, which appears in the center of the cross in both standards. 778. The flag of the Arabians, also typical of Muscat and Zanzibar, is scarlet. Elsewhere the red flag is the emblem of mutiny and dis order, and was carried recently by the Revo lutionists of Russia during the eventful days which marked the overthrow of the Romanoff dynasty and the establishment of a republican form of government. The red flag was a widely used national emblem two centuries ago, Spain, Venice, Genoa, Tetuan, Salley, and Camphen being partial to it (see 1141, 1188, 1 193, and 1 194). 779. The Governors of Surinam and Cura cao bear a flag which has the national colors of the Netherlands, with the addition of two white disks in the red stripe near the staff. 780. The merchant reserve of the Nether lands bears a flag which is like the national ensign, except that an anchor and a crown are imposed upon the middle of the white bar. In order to make room for these, an arc is cut out of the blue stripe at the bottom and the red stripe at the top and the white stripe enlarged accordingly. 781. The ensign of the Governor General of the Dutch East Indies is a triangular swal low-tail pennant showing the national colors of the Netherlands and attached to the flag staff by the means of a toggle. 375 782. Repair ships of the Netherlands fly a flag with the regulation red, white, and blue bars, the staff end of the red bar giving way to white and forming a canton upon which is placed a red anchor capped by a crown. 783. The royal standard of Norway has a red field upon which is centered a golden lion rampant holding a battle-ax. 784. Norway's ensign is red and three- tailed, a blue cross edged with white extending to a point between the swallow-tail. It thus preserves the shape of the Swedish ensign, from which it was fashioned, that ensign hav ing a yellow cross on a blue field (see 826). 785. The merchant flag ,of Norway is like the ensign (784), except that the swallow-tail effect is omitted. 786. The senior admiral's flag of Norway consists of the ensign with the addition of a saltire cross of white in the upper quarter next to flagstaff. 787. The imperial standard of Persia con sists of a blue square field with the national colors in a small canton in the upper corner next to the staff. In the center is a white circle on which the Persian coat-of-arms ap pears, showing a lion holding a sword, a rising sun in the background, and the crown of the empire above the lion. The lower half of the circle is bordered by a wreath. 788. The military flag of Persia is unique in that it embodies a very pale shade of green and a delicate shade of pink as the upper and lower hues of its tricolor. The middle stripe is white and bears the Persian sword-carrying lion with the sun peeping over his back. The crown of the empire is imposed upon the green stripe. The wreath rests upon the pink. 789. The ensign of Persia is like the mili tary flag, except that the crown and wreath above and below the lion are omitted. 790. The merchant flag of Persia is the same green, white, and pink arrangement as seen in the ensign and military flag of the nation, but without the Persian lion. 7gi. The colors of the flag of Portugal are green and red, the third of the field next the staff green, and the two-thirds at the fly end red. The arms of the country are centered on the dividing line between the two colors. These arms consist of a large silver shield upon which are five small blue ones arranged in the form of a cross, each of them bearing five plates of silver: Around the shield is a red border upon which are placed seven golden castles. Alfonso I defeated five Moorish princes in the historic battle of Ourique and adopted the five small blue shields to com memorate his triumph. The five white spots on the small shields represent the five wounds of Christ, in whose strength Alfonso believed he had defeated the infidels. The red border of the shield was added by Alphonse III in 1252, after his marriage to a daughter of the King of Castile. The circle of gold upon which the shield and its border are imposed, together with the green of the flag, which is that of the cross and ribbon of the Knights of St. Benedict of Aviz, commemorate the fame of Prince Henry the Navigator. 7g2. The flag of the President of Portugal is solid green, with the Portuguese coat-of- arms in the center. 793. The flag of the Governor General of the provinces of Portugal is white, with a strip of green placed horizontally across the field and the coat-of-arms centered on it. 794. The flag of the dependent Kingdom of Poland (so nominated after the Napoleonic wars) has a white field with the blue cross of St. Andrew, which proclaims Russian suzer ainty. Upon the red canton is a crowned spread eagle. 795. Roumania's flag has three vertical stripes, blue next the flagstaff, yellow in the middle, and red on the fly. In the standard the blue and the red bars are narrow and the yellow very wide. Upon the yellow is placed the national coat-of-arms, a canopy of ermine on which is a crowned shield. On the quar tered field of the shield appear a golden eagle displayed on blue, a lion's head in gold dis played on red, a golden demilion issuing from an antique crown on red, and two dolphins in gold displayed on blue. There is also a small shield of pretense quartered in white and black. The shield is supported by golden lions ram pant. The motto, "Nihil sine Deo" (Nothing without God), is below the shield on a ribbon. Four crowns appear, one in each corner of the flag- 796. The Roumanian ensign is like the standard, except that the three stripes are of equal width, and crowns in the four corners of the flag are omitted. 797. Roumania's merchant flag is blue, yel low, and red, like the ensign, except that the arms are omitted. 798. The Roumanian coast guard flag has the national colors, together with an anchor, above which is a crown on the yellow stripe. RUSSIAN FLAGS 799. The ensign of the Russian navy is a blue cross of St. Andrew upon a field of white. The Russians venerate St. Andrew as their patron saint, believing that it was he who se cured the adoption of Christianity by their an cestors. It has been asserted that he preached in Scythia. Peter the Great, under his name and protection, in the year 1698, instituted St. Andrew's as the most noble order of Knight hood of the Empire. St. Andrew is also the patron saint of Scotland, but there the cross is white upon a field of blue (see 831). 800. The white, blue, and red horizontal stripes of the Russian merchant flag are remi niscent of the day when Peter the Great was learning ship-building in Holland. The Dutch flag is a tricolor of red, white, and blue. Peter, in making his flag, turned these colors upside down, but was afterward advised that he was flying the flag employed by the Dutch as a sig nal of distress and disaster. He thereupon re vised his flag, putting the white at the top and the red at the bottom, with the blue between. 801. The flag of the volunteer fleet of Rus sia is the same as the merchant flag, except that there is a trumpet in the center of the blue field. 802. Russia's customs flag consists of a blue field with a canton in the upper corner next the staff showing the merchant flag in minia ture, while in the lower corner next the staff are two combination caducei and tridents, crossed. 376 _ 803. The flag of the Russian admiralty con sists of four anchors interlocked and arranged in the form of a St. Andrew's cross. 804. The flag of the Commander-in-Chief of the Russian Navy is flown only while the country is at war. It consists of a white field upon which is imposed the blue cross of St. Andrew, the upper quarter nearest the staff being occupied by a canton consisting of a white-bordered blue cross of St. Andrew and a white St. George's cross on a red field. A blue anchor is centered in a white field im posed upon the insection of the crosses. 805. The flag of Russia's Minister of War consists of a white field with a red canton on which is imposed the blue cross of St. Andrew and the white cross of St. George. Here again the Russians reverse the British in their in signia, the latter placing the scarlet cross of St. George on a field of white, while the Rus sians place a white cross on a field of scarlet. Below the canton appears the shield with crossed muskets and cannons. 806. The flag of Russia's aeronautic service is like that of the Minister of War, except that the fly is shorter and the shield in the lower left-hand corner is omitted, while a red-winged anchor is added in the lower right-hand corner. 807. The royal standard of Serbia consists of a field of red, blue, and white, surrounded by an indented border of the same colors. Upon the field, which is square, is centered the coat-of-arms of the country. This consists of a red shield within a crowned ermine canopy. The shield bears a silver eagle displayed, hav ing upon its breast another shield with a silver cross and the date 1804. The supports are two natives holding flags of the colors, while the motto is "Spes mihi prima Deus" (My hope is God first of all). 808. The Serbian merchant flag is red, blue, and white, like the Russian merchant flag in verted. The latter flown as a signal of distress might be mistaken for the Serbian merchant emblem normally displayed. As Servia has no seaport and no merchant navy, 808 is largely a flag of hope for a navy. 809. Russia's transport navy flies a blue flag with a white canton upon which appears the blue cross of St. Andrew. 810. Russian transports employing civilian crews fly a blue flag with a union next the flagstaff in the upper corner, showing the colors of the country. 811. The flag of Siam consists of a scarlet field on which is a white elephant. The ele phant is in full trappings and harness and stands on a platform. In the upper corner next the hoist appear a pagoda-crowned anchor and a wheel. The elephant recalls the tradi tion of the founder of the nation. Before Xacca, the reputed founder, was born, his mother dreamed that she had given birth to a white elephant. The Brahmans affirmed that Xacca, after undergoing 80,000 reincarnations, finally did actually become a white elephant, and as such was received into the company of the celestial deities. On this account the white elephant is held a sacred beast, and the Siam ese rejoice to place themselves beneath so po tent a protector. 812. The merchant flag of Siam now con sists of a field of five stripes — red, yellow, red, white, red. The central red stripe is broader than the other four stripes, which are of equal width. This flag replaces the old red flag upon which was imposed the white elephant of Siamese tradition without any trappings or harness and without the anchor and wheel of the national ensign. The merchant flag is of recent origin. The flag book of the United States Navy, published in 1914, and that of the British Admiralty, published even more re cently, show the elephant flag. instead of the new striped one. 813. The Siamese emblem of royal au thority, the royal standard, has an orange-hued field upon which is represented an image of the East, a man eagle. This standard is of comparatively recent adoption. Formerly there was used a blue flag having a red border. Upon this was imposed the royal coat-of-arms, which consisted of an escutcheon portraying a three-headed elephant in the upper half and the white elephant and crossed swords in the two quarters of the lower half. 814. This is the coat-of-arms of what claims to be the oldest State in Europe — San Marino. Next to Monaco, it is in area the smallest independent country in the world. It has thirty square miles of territory and a pop ulation of 11,513. The coat-of-arms consists of three hills in gold upon a field of blue. These hills are Monte Guiato, Monte Cucco, and Monte Gista, each bearing a castle sur mounted by a plume. The shield has a gold crown as a crest and is surrounded by branches of laurel and oak united by a ribbon inscribed with the word "Liberty." 815. The merchant flag of San Marino, which, though that of a belligerent, the little republic having dared to declare war against the Central Powers, has probably never yet been encountered by a German submarine be cause, as may well be imagined, the merchant navy of the mountain republic is not large. 816. The ensign of the Republic of San Marino consists of a field the upper part of which is blue and the lower half white. The coat-of-arms is centered on it. It is this flag that the soldiers of San Marino carry when they march to the aid of their ally, Italy. 817. The royal standard of Spain proclaims more of the glory of the empire that was than of the country which now exists. It consists of a purple field upon which is imposed the Spanish coat-of-arms. This bears the lion of Leon and the castle of Castile. It also bears the arms of Aragon ; the device of Sicily; the red and white stripes, which proclaim the arms of Austria; oblique stripes of yellow and blue within a red border, which tell of the flag of ancient Burgundy ; the black lion on the golden ground, which is the heraldic bearing of Flan ders ; the red eagle, which is the device of Antwerp; the golden lion of Brabant; the fleur-de-lis and checkers of ancient Burgundy; the arms of Portugal, and the fleur-de-lis of France. The whole is surrounded by the collar of the Golden Fleece. 818. The ensign of Spain is yellow, bor dered at the top and bottom by a stripe of red. On the broad yellow stripe is an oval shield bearing a crown and showing the arms of Castile impaling Leon. 819. The merchant flag of Spain consists of 377 five stripes, three yellow and two red, yellow at the top and bottom. The central stripe is wider than the others. The flag bears no de vice, but the colors arc those of Aragon and Castile. 820. The flag of Switzerland consists of a red field with a white cross. When the Red Cross was recognized at the International Con ference at Geneva, in 1863, a distinguishing badge was devised for times of war and peace. It will be noticed that the colors adopted are those of Switzerland counterchanged, the red cross being in a white ground. 821. The Captain General of the fleet of Spain flies the familiar red and yellow colors with an anchor placed horizontally on the yel low bar. 822. Spanish ambassadors fly a swallow-tail flag made up of white, red, and yellow. The third of the flag next to the staff is white and red, white at the top and red below. The mid dle bar of the flag is yellow and upon it two crossed tasseled pencils are imposed. The third of the flag at the fly end is red. 823. The flag of a Spanish minister is like that of an ambassador, except that instead of the pencils there are three blue disks on the yellow bar. 824. The military and naval service of Tunis has a flag consisting of a red field, upon which is centered a white disk having a diam eter half the vertical width of the flag. Upon this disk a red crescent and a red star are imposed. The flag is inherited from Turkey, although it is no longer under Turkish domination. 825. The royal standard of Sweden consists of a blue flag bearing a yellow cross. This flag is swallowtailed and the horizontal arm of the cross in the fly projects. Upon the inter section of the cross is placed the coat-of-arms of the country. 826. The ensign of Sweden is like the royal standard, with the exception that the coat-of- arms is omitted. 827. The merchant flag of Sweden is a rec tangular blue flag, bearing the yellow cross. The blue and yellow were regarded as colors of freedom and independence at the time they were incorporated in the Swedish flag. 828. The standard of the Bey of Tunis is a fearfully and wonderfully made flag. It con sists of seven horizontal stripes — red, yellow, red, green, red, yellow, red — the green stripe being double the width of the others. The stripes do not extend the full length of the flag, but join a narrow green stripe next to and parallel with the staff. Every red stripe has four yellow-centered green disks and four yellow stars arranged alternately. On every yellow stripe are four red stars and four black disks with red centers arranged in the same way. On the broad central green stripe is a double-pointed dagger with white blade and red handle, gold and red stars being distributed about it. This flag is a western variation of the old flag of the days of Moslem authority. In those days there were thirteen stripes in stead of seven. Tunis is now under French dominion and the tricolor is 'the supreme ban ner of the land. THE FLAGS OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE 829. The national flag of the British Empire, the union jack, combines the crosses of St. George (830), St. Andrew (831), and St. Pat rick (832). When the union of the two crowns of England and Scotland took place upon the accession of James VI of Scotland to the Eng lish throne as James I, the cross of St. An drew, the patron saint of Scotland, and that of St. George, the patron saint of England, were combined, and all ships were ordered to fly at their maintop the new flag, while at the fore- top the English were still to fly the red cross of St. George and the Scots the white cross of St. Andrew. This was the first union jack (361), as it is generally termed, though, strictly speaking, the name of the flag is "great union," being a jack only when flown from the jackitaff of a ship of war. James I always signed his name "Jacques," and it is believed in many quarters that the jack and the jackstaff of the navy de rived their names from that fact. Others con tend that "jack" was used as early as the close of the sixteenth century. Lord Howard's ships in their attack upon the Spanish Armada, in 1588, are described as carrying a "jack" on the jackstaff, their jack being a small edition of the red cross of St. George. That St. George's cross was placed over St. Andrew's was distressing to the Scots, who made it the subject of an appeal to the King (see 1132). But even a king cannot solve all of the problems of heraldry. That art has no way of making two devices on a flag of equal value. If they be put side by side the position next the staff is more honorable than the one re mote from it, just as the upper portion of a flag is more honorable than the lower. After Ihe death of Charles I, the union of Scotland and England was dissolved and the ships of parliament reverted to the use of the simple cross of 'St. George, while those of Scotland took up the cross of St. Andrew again. When Cromwell became protector he restored the union flag, imposing the Irish harp upon its center. After the Restoration, Charles II removed the harp, and so the original union flag was revived and continued in that form until 1801, when, upon the legislative union of Great Brit ain and Ireland, the cross of St. Patrick was incorporated. To combine these crosses with out losing the characteristic features of each was not easy. Each had to be distinct and at the same time retain a border which would denote its original ground. To place the red cross of St. Patrick on the white cross of St. Andrew would have obliterated the latter, and vice versa. Therefore it was decided to make the white broader on one side of the red than 378 the other. This breaks the continuity of direc tion of the arms of St. Patrick's cross, but permits the Irish and Scottish crosses to be distinguished from one another. The union jack flies from the jackstaff of every _man-of war in the British navy. With the Irish harp on a blue shield displayed in the center, it is flown by the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland. The Governor General of India adds to it the star and device of the Order of the Star of India and flies it; colonial governors add the badge of their colony in the center and fly it; diplomatic representatives use it with the royal arms in the center. As a military flag it is flown over fortresses and headquar ters, and on all occasions of military cere mony. The admiral of the fleet hoists it at the mainmast of a man-of-war as his 'flag. 830. The red cross of St. George is reputed to have originated during the Crusades. The story goes that while engaged in a great battle the soldiers of England were wearied and, seeing that the number of enemies did not de crease, began to despair. At this critical mo ment an infinite number of heavenly soldiers, all in white, descended from the mountains, the standard bearers and leaders of them being St. George, St. Maurice, and St. Demetrius. When the Bishop of Le Puy first beheld them he cried aloud to his troops, "There are they, the succours which in the name of God I promised you." As a result of the miracle the enemies turned their backs and lost the field, there being slain one hundred thousand horse, besides foot innumerable, and in their trenches such infinite store of victuals and munitions were found that the Christians were refreshed and the enemy confounded. This great victory at Antioch led to the recovery of Jerusalem, and during the Crusades England, Aragon, and Portugal all assumed St. George as their patron saint. The cross of St. George was worn as^ a badge over the armor by every English soldier in Fhe fourteenth century, if indeed not in earlier times. It was the flag under which the great seamen of Elizabeth's reign traded, ex plored, and fought ; it was the flag that Drake bore around the world; and to this day it is the flag of the British admiral (see 605). 831. St. Andrew has been the patron saint of Scotland since about 740 A. D. How he came to be such has never been satisfactorily settled. When he suffered martyrdom, in the year 69 A. D. at Papras, his remains were care fully preserved; but in 370, Regulus, one of the "Greek monks to whom they had been en trusted, learned in a vision that the Emperor Constantine was proposing to move them to Constantinople. In compliance with the in structions received in the vision, Regulus at once visited the shrine and removed the arm bones, three fingers of the right hand, and a tooth, and, putting them into a chest, set sail with some half dozen companions. After a stormv vovas-c the vessel was dashed upon a rock and Regulus and his companions landed on an unknown shore and found themselves m a gloomy forest. The natives there listened to their story and gave them land on which to build a church for the glory of God and the enshrining of the relic. This inhospitable shore proved to be that of Caledonia (Scotland). 832. Authorities agree that, devoutly as mil lions love it, the use of St. Patrick's cross is in defiance of all ecclesiastical usage and cus tom, because St. Patrick never suffered mar tyrdom, but died in his bed at the ripe age of ninety. It is said that' he was never canonized, and that his sainthood, like his cross, is due to popular error. It has been suggested by some that the X-like form of cross, both of the Irish and of the Scots, is derived from the sacred monogram of the Iabarum of Constantine, where the X is the first letter of the Greek word for Christ. This symbolic meaning of the form might readily have been adopted in the early Irish church and thence carried by missionaries through Scotland. Another sug gestion is that the red cross on a white field was the heraldic device of the Geraldines, dat ing at least from Maurice Fitzgerald, the grandson of Rhys, the great King of South Wales, who landed in Ireland in 1169 on the invitation of King Dermod of Leinster, and that it is in fact a banner not of St. Patrick, but of the Norman Invader, which was adroitly held up to the people of these islands as dis tinctive of the patron saint. St. Patrick was born in Scotland, near where Glasgow now stands. The date of his birth was about the middle of the fifth century. His father was of good family, and while the fu ture saint was under the paternal roof divers visions revealed to him that he was destined for the great work of the conversion of Ire land, at that time steeped in idolatry. He re signed his birthright and social position and took the burden of the Irish upon him. Or dained a deacon and priest, he was ultimately made a bishop, in which capacity he traveled over the whole island, founding monasteries, and filling the country with churches and schools and with piety and learning. Tradi tion has it that he found Ireland a land of barbarism and left it a seat of learning and piety. It continued for centuries a center of mental and spiritual light. 833. With its three golden lions represent ing England, its red lion rampant standing for Scotland, and its golden harp for Ireland, the royal standard was first hoisted on the Tower of London on the first day of January, 1801. How England came to be represented by three lions is not entirely clear. Two lions were assigned as the arms of William the Con queror, a lion each for Normandy and Maine, but there is no distinct evidence that he bore them. As a Crusader, Richard Cceur de Lion's banner bore two lions combatant, but on his second great shield three lions passant guard- ant appear. The date of this shield is 1195, so that for nearly seven and a quarter centuries, with the exception of the days of Cromwell, the three golden lions on the red field have typified the power of England. The rampant lion of Scotland dates from the time of William the Lion, about 1165. It be came a part of the royal standard in 1603. The Scots did not like "the idea of their lion being placed in the second quarter any more than they relished the thought of St. Andrew's cross being placed under that of St. George. Thev claimed that after the death of Queen Elizabeth the Scottish crown virtually an- 37U nexed the English, and felt so bitter about it that for many years after the union on all shields devoted to Scottish business, and on the flag displayed north of the Tweed the arms of Scotland were placed in the first quar ter, as they are on the monument to Queen Elizabeth in Westminster Abbey (see also i 132). The early standard of Ireland contained three gold crowns on a blue field. Henry VIII substituted the harp, and James I finally placed it on the third quarter of the royal standard. The Earl of Northampton, writing in the reign of King James I, suggested that the best rea son that he could observe for the use of the harp was that it resembled the country it typi fied in being an instrument that cost more to keep it in tune than it was worth. The royal standard is hoisted only when the King is actually within the palace or castle, or at the saluting point, or on board the vessel which flies it. The King's regulations say : "The royal standard, being the personal flag of a sovereign, is not to be displayed in future on board His Majesty's, ship or on official buildings, as has hitherto been customary on His Majesty's birthday and other occasions; but it shall only be hoisted on occasions when the sovereign is actually present or when any member of the royal family is present, repre senting the sovereign." 834. The white ensign, bearing the red cross of St. George with the union flag of the Em pire as its canton, is the fighting flag of the British navy. When at anchor in home ports the British ships hoist their colors at 8 o'clock in the morning in the summer-time and at 9 o'clock in the winter, and when abroad either at 8 or 9, as the commander-in-chief directs. On the hoisting of the ensign all work stops and all ranks must get on deck, standing at the salute as the band plays the opening bars of the national anthem, the man at the hal yards timing his pulls, so that the ensign reaches the truck at the last note of the band, just as it reaches the deck in the evening, when it is played down. The regulations pro vide that British ships shall not on any account lower their flags to any foreign ships whatso ever, unless the foreign ships shall first or at the same time lower their flags to them. 835. The blue ensign of the British Empire is now flown by naval reserve vessels, public offi cers afloat, the consular service, the government vessels of the several colonies, by hired trans ports, by hired surveying vessels commanded by officers of the royal navy, by commissioned officers serving as mail agents, by the Fishery Board for Scotland, by the Pacific Cable Board ships, by Lloyds (in boats), by the Indian Ma rine, and by Royal Naval Reserve. The privi lege of flying the blue ensign is also allowed to British merchantmen commanded by officers on the retired list of the royal navy, or by officers of the Royal Naval Reserve, on condi tion that either officer commanding the ship is one of these, that ten of the crew belong to the reserve, or that the ship is in receipt of an admiralty warrant. Yacht clubs (except the royal, which flies the white) fly the blue ensign. When flown by ships belonging to the British public service, it bears in the fly the seal or badge of the office to which the ship is ac credited. For example, hired transports fly it with a yellow anchor in the fly (see 846) ; the ordnance department of the War Office displays it with a shield en the fly bearing a cannon and cannon balls (see 854). 836. No other flag in the world flutters in the breeze of as many ports or sails as far and wide as the red ensign of the British Mer chant Marine. At the beginning of the present war nearly one-half of all of the cargo- and passenger-carrying ships of the earth sailed under these colors. It is not improbable that more than half of all the passengers and car goes sailing the seven seas were carried upon them, for no nation's ships were more effi ciently handled. At that time the tonnage of the British Merchant Marine was more than four times as great as that of Germany. 837. Uther Pendragon, father of King Arthur, had a vision of a flaming dragon in the sky. This his seers interpreted as mean ing that he should ascend the throne. After his accession he had two golden dragons fash ioned, one of which he carried into battle. The Anglo-Saxon kings were impressed with the image and incorporated it into their arms. Not until the twentieth century was it officially restored, as proper only to the race of Uther Pendragon. Under the reign of Edward VII it was incorporated into the armorial bearings of the Prince of Wales. 838. The lion rampant with the tressure, which is the device of Scotland and which is seen in the second quarter of the British royal standard, first appeared on the seal of King Alexander II about 1230 A. D. Without modi fication in color or form, it was borne by all the sovereigns of Scotland, and on the acces sion of James VI to the throne of England as James I, in the year 1603, it became an integral part of the king's standard, and has so re mained to this day. 839. The story of the harp of Ireland, which appears on the blue field of the Irish standard, has been told in the account of the history of the British royal standard (833), on which it appears in the third quarter (see also 11 33). 840. The three golden lions of the standard of England are, as told in 833, of doubtful origin. Certain it is that, except for the break which occurred in the years that Cromwell was Protector, they have typified the might of Eng land for seven hundred years. 841. The royal family's standard of the British Empire is the same as the royal stand ard (833), except that it has a white border and bears as an escutcheon of pretence the arms of Saxony (998), proclaiming the conti nental origin of the royal family. As the name of the reigning family has been changed re cently, it is probable also that its standard will be changed in this same particular. 842. The flag of the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland is the national flag of the British Em pire, with the golden harp of the Irish on a blue escutcheon at the intersection of the crosses. 843. The County Lords Lieutenant, when on land, fly the union with a crown over a sword borne horizontally along the middle arm of St. George's cross. Each county of Great Britain and Ireland has such a chief official, 380 who controls the appointment of justices of the peace and issues commissions in the local military organizations, and in earlier times was charged with the defense of his county in case of disturbance. 844. The flag of British diplomatic func tionaries is that of the Empire, bearing upon the intersection of the crosses a white shield surrounded by a garland. The shield is charged with the royal arms — that is, the lions of Eng land, the red lion of Scotland, and the harp of Ireland — in the quarters corresponding to those of the royal standard (833), with a lion and a unicorn, rampant, for supporters. 845-860. These are the flags of various de partments of the British Government. BRITISH COLONIAL FLAGS The union jack (829) is the national flag of the colonies as well as of the mother country, and, although it is a rule more honored in its breach than in its observance, no other flag is to be flown ashore. The ensigns are, strictly speaking, maritime flags and are not supposed to be displayed ashore. According to British flag law, the union jack, in its plain condition and without emblazonment or badge, is the only flag an individual or corporation in Brit ish realms may properly fly. However, since the shipping of the principal colonies is accus tomed to fly the red ensign with the badge of the colony represented in the fly (see 871, 911, 968, etc.), this flag is frequently, if not indeed usually, displayed by the people of the several colonies as their particular flag. Vessels bear ing colonial governors or other administrative officials of badge-possessing rank fly the union jack with a badge of the colony placed within a wreath at the intersection of the crosses. Vessels of the colonial public service display the blue ensign with the badge of the colony from which it hails in the fly. 861. The badge of Gibraltar is a castle and key, appropriate to the strategic position of this natural fortress. An inscription on a scroll below represents Mount Calpe, Calpe being the ancient name of the European Pillar of Hercules as distinct from Ape's Hill, the African Pillar. 862. The badge of Malta is a gold-bordered shield of white and red, and not the eight- pointed silver cross of the Hospitallers (see 1169). 863. The badge of Cyprus has two red lions adapted from the antique. 864. The badge of the Isle of Man consists of an escutcheon upon which are three tri- corporate running legs. They are joined at the upper part of the thighs and flexed in a triangle. Once these legs were the arms of Sicily, but they were bare ; when appropriated by the Manxmen, they were first supplied with hose, later incased in armor, and finally equipped with spurs. 865. Alderney's badge is a green medallion bearing a golden lion crowned and rampant. 866. Jersey contents herself with a badge showing the three lions of England. 867. The badge of Guernsey shows the three lions of England with the addition of a sprig at the top. 868. The flag of the Governor General of Canada consists of the national flag of the British Empire with the arms of Canada, sur rounded by a wreath and crowned, imposed upon the intersection of the crosses. 869. The badge of Canada has a shield quartered. In the first quarter is the shield of Ontario (872), in the second of Quebec (873), in the third that of Nova Scotia (874), and in the fourth that of New Brunswick (875). The provinces of Prince Edward Island, Manitoba, and British Columbia do not appear, having joined the Dominion after the arms were de vised. Around the escutcheon are intertwined wreaths and above it the crown of the Empire. 870. The blue ensign of Canada is the Brit ish blue ensign with the addition of the es cutcheon of the Colonial Government imposed on the fly end. 871. The merchant flag of Canada is the red ensign of the British merchant marine, with the shield of the Canadian Government imposed on the field. 872. Ontario's badge has an escutcheon, the upper third of which bears a cross of St. George on white and the lower two-thirds three maple leaves on green. 873. The badge of Quebec is an escutcheon of gold with a horizontal bar of red in the center. At the top of the shield are the lilies of France, which proclaim the old French do minion. The lion of England on the red bar proclaims the present rule, and the maple leaf at the bottom is the emblem of Canada itself. 874. Nova Scotia's badge is an escutcheon of gold with a horizontal bar of blue in the middle. The bar bears a silver salmon. Above and below the blue stripe are thistles, which are reminiscent of Scotland (see also 386). 875. Bearing the golden lion of England at the top and the ancient lymphad or galley be low, the badge of New Brunswick has the same colors in its field as that of Quebec. 876. Manitoba's badge is an escutcheon bearing the cross of St. George at the top on white and a natural-colored buffalo on green below. 877. Prince Edward Island, which joined the Dominion in 1873, has for its badge a shield which bears the British lion at the top on red and two trees, one large and one small, on white. The inscription is "Parva sub in- genti" (The little under the great). 878. British Columbia's badge consists of a shield bearing the union jack at the top and a rising sun below, its rays extending over five blue and white horizontal stripes which occupy the middle section of the shield. 879. Newfoundland is Great Britain's "senior colony," being the earliest discovered, though not continuously occupied, of British overseas dominions. Its badge is a Mercury introduc ing to Britannia a kneeling sailor who has' just landed from a boat. "These gifts I bring you" is the inscription. At the top are the words "Terra Nova." 880. Bermuda's badge is a white shield on which is represented the wreck of the Sea Venture, under Sir George Somers, in 1609. There is shown a cliff loftier than the ship's masthead, and the imposed escutcheon bearing the scene is supported by a red lion. 38l 881. A large and two small ships within a garter surmounted by a crown constitute the principal device of the badge of the Bahamas. On the garter are words which tell us that the pirates have been expelled and that business has been resumed. This is the badge of the group of islands which include what is now known as Watling's Island, believed to have been the first landing place of Christopher Columbus, who called it San Salvador. 882. The badge of Sombrero and Bahama Lights has a blue field bearing a ring of red inclosing a lighthouse shedding its rays. The ring is crowned and inscribed "Board of Trade." Above the crown is a scroll bearing the word "Bahamas." 883. Jamaica's badge shows an escutcheon bearing St. George's cross and surmounted by a lizard. Upon the cross are distributed, one at each arm and one at the intersection, five pineapples. The escutcheon is supported by two Indians. 884. The Turks and Caicos Islands, which are close to the Bahamas, have an escutcheon which consists of a full-rigged sailing ship in the background, a man making salt in the mid dle foreground, and the name of the islands below. 885. On the badge of the Leeward Islands appears in the middle distance a mountainous coast, skirted by a full-rigged ship ; in the foreground is another ship ; on the shore a pineapple, larger than either ship, and three smaller ones. Above the whole appear the British royal arms. 886. Britannia, robed in blue, red, and er mine, and ruling the waves from the backs of two sea-horses, forms the principal scheme of the badge of Barbados. One sea-horse in this badge has a blue tail. 887. The Windward Isles have a badge which makes use of a garter encircling a blue field, upon which is placed a quartered shield — red, yellow, green, and purple. The device is crowned. The motto is, "I Pede Fausto," "Make a propitious beginning." 888. St. Lucia, the chief coaling station of the British fleet in the West Indies, has for a badge a landscape in which appear the Pitons, twin mountains of the island, and the ever- bubbling volcano Soufriere, with a land-locked harbor in the foreground. The Latin motto below describes this harbor as "Hardly a faith less guard for ships." 889. St. Vincent's badge has a classical group showing a woman holding a branch and another kneeling before the altar of the law, upon which she is placing a wreath. The badge bears the motto, "Pax et Justicia." 890. Discovered by Columbus on his third voyage, Grenada seems to have taken his ship, in full sail and running before a spanking breeze toward the island, as its badge. The in scription "Clarior e Tenebris" means "Brighter out of the darkness," and doubtless refers to the fact that Grenada is beyond the hurricane line. 891. The badge of British Guiana, the Brit ish Empire's continental holdings on the coast of South America, consists of a clipper in full sail surrounded by a garter of gold. 892. The facts that British Honduras is a mahogany colony, that it belongs to the British Empire, and that it is given to trading, are brought out in the shield of the colony, which is circular, one-third of it being devoted to the display of the tools of mahogany logging, the second third showing the union jack, while the remaining third bears a full-rigged sailing ship. 893. Trinidad and Tobago have a badge which shows a mountain in the background, a frigate in the left middle ground, and a blue ensign on a jetty in the right middle ground. A boat, a smaller ship, a house, and several spars showing behind the jetty complete the picture. Below, on white, is a Latin inscrip tion meaning "He approves of the people unit ing and entering into treaties." 894. A white bull standing in tussac grass and a frigate in a river close by form the badge of the Falkland Islands, lying off South America and belonging to England. 895. The smaller British islands of the Pa cific are under the control of the Western Pacific High Commissioner. His badge is the crown of the Empire above the letters W P H C. 896. The main feature of the badge of the Fiji Islands is an escutcheon bearing at the top on red the British lion. Below is the red cross of St. George on white. The quarters thus formed bear specimens of the vegetable and bird life of the islands. The shield is supported by two Polynesians wearing skirts of straw and standing on a scroll upon which is inscribed a motto in the native language. The crest is a native catamaran in full sail. 897. The resident commissioner of the New Hebrides has as a badge a disk of white en circled by a wreath of green and red and bear ing a crown with the words new Hebrides around it. 898. The Protectorate of the British Solo mon Islands has a simple badge, consisting of the royal crown, surrounded by the three words on a white field, British Solomon islands. 899. The British Resident of the Gilbert and Ellice Islands, in the southern Pacific, has a badge which consists of a white field bearing below the letters B R, above which is a crown. 900. The Governor of New Zealand flies a flag which consists of the national flag of the British Empire, bearing at the intersection of the crosses the badge of the island (901). 901. New Zealand's badge is a wreath-en circled design of white, bearing four stars in the form of a cross, with the letters N Z in the center. The stars are emblematic of the southern cross, which appears in the skies over New Zealand. 902. The blue ensign of New Zealand bears the southern cross on the fly, the stars being red with white borders. 903. The red ensign of New Zealand bears the southern cross in white stars of five points. 904. The ensign of Paratonga, which flies over sundry islands in the Pacific, has a field consisting of three stripes, the upper and the lower red and the middle one white. Upon the white stripe are three five-pointed blue stars. 382 _ 905. The Friendly Islands of the South Pa cific, constituting the Protectorate of Tonga, have an ensign with a red field and a white canton in which appears the cross of St. George. 906. The standard of the Protectorate of Tonga- has a quartered field, the first and fourth gold, the second red, and the third blue. The first quarter bears three six-pointed stars. The red quarter bears a crown. The third quarter bears a flying dove. On the fourth quarter are three "big sticks." Upon the center is a six-pointed white star bearing a small St. George's cross. 907. The customs flag of the Protectorate of Tonga consists of a field the upper part of which is blue, the lower part white, with a white canton, upon which is imposed the red cross of St. George. On the white part of the field are the initials H M C, proclaiming His Majesty's Customs. Australia's flags 908. The flag of the Governor General of Australia is the familiar union jack bearing upon the intersection of the crosses a wreath- encircled, crowned star, which is the badge of the Commonwealth. 909. The star of Australia originally had six points, one for each of the original States, but was altered to include a point for the Northern Territory. The present badge of the Common wealth is therefore a seven-pointed star, with a crown above, set within a laurel wreath. gio. The blue ensign of the Commonwealth of Australia has a large seven-pointed star be low the union, and on the fly end five small stars representing the Southern Cross. The Southern Cross exercises a strong appeal to the people south of the Equator. Even Humboldt felt its influence and said that in the solitude of the seas it was hailed as a friend from whom he and his companions had long been separated. This constellation never sets in Australia (see also 835). 911. By a warrant of the Lords Commis sioners, issued in 1903, vessels registered in Australia were authorized to fly the red ensign or merchant flag of Great Britain "having in the center of the lower canton next the staff and pointed directly to the center of the St. George's Cross a white six-pointed star, indi cating the six Federated States of Australia," and in the fly the Southern Cross, as in the blue ensign. In 1908 the desirability of adding a seventh point to the star of Australia, for the Northern Territory, was recognized, and merchant vessels were authorized to fly the red ensign as pictured here. 912. A blue Maltese Cross coming down from the order of St. John and bearing the crown of the Empire on the intersection forms the badge of Queensland. 913. New South Wales has for its badge a St. George's cross on white, with the lion of the British Empire on the intersection and four golden stars of the southern cross on the arms. gi4. The State of Victoria in the Common wealth of Australia has for its badge a blue field bearing the constellation of the southern cross, with the royal crown of the Empire above. gi5- South Australia has made the white- backed piping crow take the place of the Amer ican spread eagle on her arms. The badge of that State consists of a yellow field bearing the piping crow displayed. 916. The celebrated black swan, which was first discovered on western Australia's principal river, since named the Swan, has served to typify in the popular mind the contrariety of the southern continent's flora and fauna to those of the rest of the world. This bird rep resented on a circular gold field has been ap propriately chosen as the badge of western Australia. 917. A red lion passant upon a circular white field serves as the design on the badge of Tasmania. 918. The badge of the territory of Papua is a white disk, with the name of the territory below and the crown of the British Empire above. 919. The flag of the North Borneo Company is a British union jack, bearing upon its inter secting crosses a red lion, on a field of gold. 920. Sabah, a small settlement on the Ma lacca Strait side of the Malay peninsula, and included within the State of Selangor, has a governor whose flag is yellow, with a red lion centered, in what the exponents of heraldry call a passant guardant attitude. 921. Sarawak, a territory of some 42,000 square miles on the coast of Borneo, has a yellow flag upon which is imposed a cross of St. George, the half of which, next the staff, is black instead of the regulation red. Upon the intersection of this cross is superimposed a crown. 922. The flag of the Rajah of Sarawak is like that of the country he rules, except that the arm of the cross next the fly is split apart, and each section tapered, extending to a corner of the fly. In 1842 Sir James Brooke bought a large territory from the Sultan of Brunei. He ruled this country for a long time as the Rajah of Sarawak, his nephew succeeding to the posi tion in 1868. The population of Sarawak is estimated at 500,000 Malays, Dyaks, Jayans, Kenyahs, Muruts, with Chinese and other set tlers. 923. The Straits Settlements, a British col ony which comprises Singapore, Penang, and Malacca, on the Strait of Malacca, has for a badge a red diamond with three crowns on a three-armed field of white. 924. Labuan, which was formerly the small est colony in the British Empire, being about the size of the Isle of Wight, but which has since been incorporated in the Straits Settle ments colony, has a badge which shows a brigantine sailing past a very high rock, beyond which is rising a golden sun. 925. The badge of Ceylon, whose authentic history goes back to the 5th century B. C., when an invasion of Hindus from northern India established the Sinhalese dynasty, has a pagoda, in front of which is an elephant. The background is blue and the foreground green, surrounded by a diamond-studded border of red and gold. 383 g26. Hongkong's badge shows a harbor scene in which appear a junk and a tea clipper. Hongkong is a Chinese city, now under British sovereignty, and possessed of a naval base of first magnitude. 927. Weihaiwei, a British holding on the Chinese coast, is represented by a badge upon which appear two mandarin ducks on the banks of a stream. 928. The motto of Mauritius proclaims it, "The star and the key of the Indian Seas." On its badge, which is a quartered shield, azure and gold, appear the symbolical key and- star and a galley. The supporters are a red and white dodo on the dexter side and a red and white antelope on the sinister. Each of the supporters has a stalk of sugar cane in front of it. Mauritius is an island in the Indian Ocean, 500 miles from Madagascar, having about 720 square miles of territory and about 377,000 inhabitants. 929. Seychelles and its dependencies consist of ninety islands and islets, with a total esti mated area of 156 square miles, lying along the coast of Africa. They are represented on its badge by a tall palm tree, with a smaller tree near by and a turtle at its foot, and the motto Finis coronat opus. 930. The ensign of the Federated Malay States is one of the comparatively few ensigns of the world that use black. The field consists of four horizontal stripes, white at the top, then red, yellow, and black in order. Upon the center is an oval of white bearing a running tiger. The Federated Malay States are Perak, Selangor, Negri-Sembilan, and Pahang. They occupy a large portion of the Malay peninsula and are under British protection. 931. The jack of the Federated Malay States has a unique design. It preserves the colors of the Malay States ensign, but uses them as triangles instead of stripes. The red triangle has its base on the staff; the black triangle, its base on the fly; the base of the white triangle is at the upper edge, and that of the yellow at the bottom. The apexes of the triangles meet in the center of the flag. 932. The ensign of Pahang, one of the four Federated Malay States, has a field the upper half of which is white and the lower half black. Pahang has 14,000 square miles of terri tory and a population of 118,000. 933- The ensign of Negri-Sembilan, one of the four Federated Malay States, consists of a yellow field, with a union bearing two triangles, one of which, its base resting on the staff, is black, and the other, its base resting on the yellow field, is red. 934. Perak, also a Federated Malay State, has an ensign consisting of three horizontal stripes, the upper white, the lower black, and the middle yellow. g35. The ensign of Selangor is yellow and red and is quartered. The first quarter is red and bears the star and crescent of the Moham medan world; the second quarter is yellow, the third yellow, and the fourth red. Selangor is about the size of Delaware and has a popula tion of 300.000. 936-945 (inclusive). These are the flags of the Malay States not included in the Federa tion. They are all under British protection. The relations of Johore with Great Britain are defined by a treaty dated December 11, 1885, amended by agreement on May 12, 1914, in which the Sultan agreed to accept and to act upon the advice of a British officer called the general adviser. The rights of suzerainty, pro tection, administration, and control of the other four States were transferred from Siam to Great Britain by the Anglo-Siamese treaty of March 10, 1909. The State of Kelantan, on the east coast of the peninsula, with an area of 5,870 square miles and a population approxi mating 300,000, is represented by 936 and 937, ensign and merchant flags respectively. There are only four post-offices in the entire State. The flag of Johore (938) is black, with a red union bearing the star and crescent of the Mo hammedan religion. The flag of the Sultan of Johore (939) is white, bearing a crescent and star in blue, the star being nine-pointed. Perlis flies a yellow and black flag (940), the upper half yellow and the lower black. The Rajah of Perlis flies a yellow flag (941), with a shield inclosed within a wreath. The flag of Kedah (942) is red, with a green crescent and a shield half surrounded by a wreath. That of the Sultan of Kedah (943) is yellow, with a green shield, a red crescent, and a green wreath. The Regent of Kedah flies a green flag (944), bearing a yellow shield, crescent, and wreath. Trengganu has a flag (945) the staff third of which is white and the remainder black. 946. The Governor General of India flies the familiar union jack, with the star of India, crowned, at the intersection of the crosses. 947. The badge of India consists of a five- pointed star inclosed within a garter and sur rounded by golden rays, as a sunflower. Above .is the crown of the Empire. 948. The Indian marine flies the blue ensign of Great Britain, with the star of India in the fly. 949. The jack of the Indian marine is the union jack on a field of blue. 950. The flag of the local Indian maritime government is the blue ensign of Britain, bear ing on the fly a golden lion, rampant, carrying in its forepaws the crown of Empire. 951. The flag of the Conservators of Bom bay has seven horizontal red stripes separated by thin white stripes. The central red stripe forms with a perpendicular bar the red cross of St. George, on which is centered the seal of the Conservators, consisting of two small es cutcheons leaning together on a field of white and having a crown above them. 952. The flag of the Trustees of Bombay, a body which has in charge the light-houses and other shipping activities on the Bombay coast, has a blue cross placed on the field cor responding to the red cross of St. George. This cross quarters the field, the first quarter bearing a light-house, the light represented by rays of red, and the other three quarters bear shipping scenes along the coast. 953. The Witu forest lies within the pro tectorate of British East Africa. Its flag is a red field upon which is centered a union jack, about half as long and half as wide as the field itself. 954. British ascendency in Egypt dates from the 18th of December, 1914, when the govern- 384 ment of the Empire deposed the reigning Khedive, on the ground that he had adhered to the King's enemies. The British protectorate has been recognized by France. The new Egyptian flag of red has three white crescents, with the horns toward the fly, and each con taining a five-pointed white star. This flag was the personal standard of the Khedive and now takes the place of the former national flag, which was distinguished from the Turkish by having a star of five instead of six points. 955. The flag of British East Africa is the national banner of the Empire, bearing upon the intersection of the crosses a red lion, ram pant, or aggressively walking forward on his hind legs. A passant lion, as shown in 917, is one walking ahead on all fours, with right paw uplifted; encircled by a wreath. 956. Armed vessels of the British East Africa Company carry the blue ensign of Britain, with the red lion of East Africa on the fly. 957. The East Africa merchant flag is of the familiar red ensign type, with the red lion, rampant, in a white disk on the fly. 958. The Somaliland Protectorate in East Africa has an area of about 68,000 square miles ; its population is about 300,000, mostly nomadic, almost entirely Mohammedan. The badge of the protectorate bears the head and shoulders of a Kudu, one of the antelopes of that region. 959. The Nyassaland Protectorate, which was formerly known as British Central Africa, with an area of 39,000 square miles and a popu lation of i,ioo,oco, has a badge which shows a tree on a diagonal yellow, white, and black background. 960. Nigeria, with approximately 336,000 square miles, an area as large as New England and Texas together, has a population of about 17,000,000. In 1900 a proclamation was issued which, without abolishing domestic slavery, de clared all children born after January I, 1900, free; it also forbade the removal of domestic slaves for sale or transfer. The badge of this protectorate has a red field, upon which are imposed two interlocked triangles in the form of a six-pointed star. In the center is the crown of the British Empire. 961, 962, 963. An elephant in front of a palm tree, with mountains in the background, forms the device of the badge of West Africa, with the initials "G" for Gambia, "S. L." for Sierra Leone, and "G. C." for Gold Coast, mak ing the badge representative of each of the subdivisions of West Africa. 964. St. Helena has a badge which shows an Indian merchantman on a green sea, steer ing between two high cliffs. St. George's cross on the ensign of the ship is reminiscent of davs long ago. 5)65. The Governor General of the Union of South Africa flies the national flag of the Brit ish Empire, with the coat-of-arms of South Africa in the center. 966. The badge of the Union of South Af rica consists of a shield quartered and showing the figure of Hope for Cape Colony, two gnus for Natal, an orange tree for the Orange Free State, and a trek wagon for the Transvaal. The gnus and the orange tree are on gold, and Hope and the wagon on red and green respect ively. The crest is a lion and the supporters antelopes ; the motto, "In union there is strength." g67. The Union of South Africa has as its official flag the blue ensign of Great Britain, with the coat-of-arms, as described in 966, on the fly. 968. The merchant flag of the Union of South Africa, .which is made up of Cape Col ony, Natal, Transvaal, and Orange Free State, is the red ensign of Britain, bearing the Union's coat-of-arms in a white disk on the fly. 969. The badge of the Cape of Good Hope shows a shield bearing on red a golden lion, rampant, and supported by a gnu and an ante lope. On a scroll below the shield is "Good Hope" in Latin. 970. The badge of Natal shows two gnus, the odd-looking African antelopes, with the imperial crown above. The export of gnu hides is an important industry in Natal, and the number of these animals has been greatly reduced by hunting. 971. The Orange River Colony, before it became the Orange Free State of the Union, had on its badge a springbok in alert attitude. 972. Before the formation of the South Af rican Union the badge of the Transvaal showed a lion, couchant, resting on the veldt. 973. Rhodesia's badge has a blue field, with a golden lion grasping an elephant's tusk in its right paw. The name of this colony, as well as the letters B. S. A. C. appearing below its device, recalls the means by which this region was secured and developed for Great Britain, namely, Cecil Rhodes' British South Africa Company. 974. The High Commissioner of South Af rica has as his badge a blue disk with the ini tials S. A. H. C. and a crown above. 975. This shows the wreath used around the badges of the colonial possessions when imposed upon the union jack, at the intersec tion of the crosses, to betoken the presence of the colonial representative on the ship flying it. There are a few notable exceptions — the wreath around Canada's badge is not the regu lation laurel, but is made of maple leaves (see 869) ; that around New Zealand's badge con sists of two fern leaves (see 901) ; the Union of South Africa has a wreath of mimosa (see 966), while India's star is circled by the garter which in turn is surrounded by the blazing rays of a sun (see 947). When the badges are used on the blue and red ensigns they are not sur rounded by wreaths, except in the case of the blazing sun of India. 976. The badge of military officers afloat. as, for instance, when crossing the English Channel, or when going to the Saloniki front, has a blue field, upon which are inscribed in gold the initials "G. R." (George Rex), sur mounted by the crown of the Empire. g77-g86. These flags are used by the various British officials. 385 FLAGS OF AUSTRIA-HUNGARY, BULGARIA, GERMANY, AND TURKEY 987. The ensign of Austria-Hungary has three horizontal stripes, red at the top and bottom, with white between. Upon the white stripe are imposed the shield of Austria next the staff and of Hungary next the fly. Above each shield is the crown of its kingdom. The Hungarian crown differs from the Austrian, being that of St. Stephen. The Austrian shield repeats the red, white, red-striped design of the flag, and was the device of the ancient dukes of Austria, dating back to the twelfth century. 988. The merchant flag of Austria-Hungary was introduced in 1869 by a commission ap pointed to blend the flags of the two countries. As the Hungarian flag is red, white, and green, the blending was accomplished by mak ing the bottom stripe of the Austro-Hungarian ensign one-half green. Thus the half of the merchant ,flag containing the Hungarian shield preserves the distinctive Hungarian tricolor. g8g. The imperial standard of Austria- Hungary consists of a yellow field bordered with small black, red, and white triangles rep resenting flames. It is square and in the center are placed the arms of the Austrian monarchy. These consist of a black double-headed eagle crowned, the double head indicating the former Holy Roman Empire. Over the eagle appears the crown of Austria. In one claw the eagle holds a sword and scepter and in the other an orb. On its breast appears a shield divided equally into three vertical portions. The red lion rampant on a golden ground in the first section represents the House of Hapsburg ; the silver section on a red ground stands for Austria; the three eaglets in silver on a red band upon a golden ground are reminiscent of Lorraine. The shield is surrounded by the colors of the Order of the Golden Fleece and of Maria Theresa. On the wings of the eagle are the arms of the eleven provinces. This flag commands a different salute from any other in the world, it is believed. Under Aus trian naval usage the Emperor is saluted by twenty-one guns followed by fifteen hurrahs. A minister of state or field marshal gets nine teen guns and eleven hurrahs ; a general thir teen guns and seven hurrahs; a commodore eleven guns and three hurrahs, while ambassa dors, archbishops, consuls, and others all have their definite share of gunpowder and requi site allotment of shouting. ggo. The royal standard of Bulgaria is a square red flag bordered with black and green triangles, upon which is emblazoned the royal lion of the coat-of-arms of the country. On the body of the lion is a shield having a blue field bearing a series of diagonal and horizon tal lines. ggi. The ensign of Bulgaria is white at the top, red at the bottom, and green between. In a canton appears the golden lion rampant of the Bulgarian arms, upon red. The lion is crowned. 992. Bulgaria's merchant flag is of white, green, and red, white at the top and red at the bottom. 993. Germany's imperial standard has a cross, black with white border, the field being yellow, and the intersection of the cross bear ing a shield containing the arms of Prussia surmounted by a crown and surrounded by the collar of the Order of the Black Eagle. The yellow field of the flag is diapered over in each corner with three black eagles and the crown. The arms of the cross reach out to the four edges of the flag and bear the legend, "Gott Mit Uns, 1870," the date commemorating the origin of this standard. gg4. The standard of the King of Prussia very closely resembles the imperial standard, except that. the field of the flag is red instead of yellow. The cross which this flag and the preceding one bear is the cross of the Teu tonic order and dates from the close of the twelfth century. gg5. The ensign of the German Empire has a white field, upon which is imposed a large black cross, having at its center a circle in black outlines containing the black Prussian eagle crowned. The arms of the cross quarter the flag. In the canton there is the merchant flag in miniature, upon which is superimposed the black cross of the Teutonic order (994). 996. The merchant flag of Germany, con sisting of three bars, black at the top, white in the middle, and red at the bottom, dates from 1867. In that year it was decreed that the flag of the North German Confederacy should be black, white, and red, and when the twelve southern States joined the federation the same flag was continued as the merchant symbol of the Empire. Prior to 1867 no German national flag had ever flown upon the ocean, each of the various States and free cities having its own special colors (see also 1153, 1154, 1166, etc.). In a speech delivered that year the Minister of the Crown stated that the combi nation of colors was emblematic of a junction of the black and white Prussian flag with the red and white ensign of the Hanseatic League. gg7- The standard of the King of Bavaria has a field of blue and white lozenges, upon which is centered the coat-of-arms of the kingdom. This bears a quartered shield with a golden lion, crowned, on a field of black, representing the Rhine Palatinate in the first quarter ; the second quarter is red and silver for the Duchy of Franconia; the third quarter has eight stripes of silver and red crossed by a pale of gold, for the Margravate of Burgau; the fourth quarter has a blue lion rampant, crowned with gold, for the County of Vel- dentz. Upon all is a fusiform of striped silver and blue, which represents Bavaria. Above this 386 device is the royal crown, supported by two lions regardant, each of them gold crowned. The whole is upon a royal mantle, which, in its turn, is crowned. gg8. The standard of the King of Saxony reproduces part of the heraldic device found in the arms of the ruling family, namely, a green crown of rue cutting diagonally across ten alternate black and gold bars. 999. The flags of the maritime States of Germany are black, white, and red, black at the top and red at the bottom, with an anchor and crown in the center, where the white stripe is swelled out to accommodate them, and with the badge of the respective States, 1003-1008, inclusive, as a canton in the upper corner next the staff. 1000. The imperial marine flag is like those of the maritime States, except that the badge is omitted. 1001. The standard of the King of Wurtt- emburg is yellow with three half horns of a stag in black, antlered. In each of the four corners of the standard is a crown. 1002. The Grandduchy of Hesse has a standard consisting of three horizontal stripes, red at the top and bottom and white between, with the white stripe larger than the others. Upon the white stripe is a blue shield charged with a lion having a forked tail and striped with red and white. The standard has a crown in each of its four corners. 1003. This badge, with its black eagle, placed as a canton on the flag of the German mari time States, proclaims that the ship flying it belongs to Prussia. 1004. The badge of the free city of Bremen is red and bears an antique key of silver. It is crowned with gold. 1005. Placed in the canton of the flag of the maritime States of Germany, this badge proclaims the authority of Oldenburg. On it is a shield the first quarter of which, made up of red and yellow stripes, represent Olden burg; the second quarter, a gold cross on blue, represents Delmenhorst ; the third quarter, a golden cross surmounted by a miter on blue, represents Lubeck ; the fourth quarter is cheeky, of four rows of red and white, and proclaims Birkenfeld. In the point of the shield is a golden lion, representing Jever. 1006. The badge of Hamburg is a red square upon which is placed a castle having three silver towers, over an anchor. 1007. Mecklenburg's badge has a yellow field upon which appears the head of a black buffalo with red mouth, white horns, and golden crown. 1008. The badge of Lubeck has a black double eagle displayed, its tongue, beak, and claws red, and its breast charged with an es cutcheon halved in white and red. 1009. When the flag of the imperial marine of Germany omits the golden anchor and crown from the middle stripe of white and substitutes the crowned black eagle of the Em pire, it proclaims that the building or vessel displaying it is under the jurisdiction of the Foreign Office. 1010. When the flag of the imperial marine has this badge substituted for the anchor and crown, it means that the ship or building dis playing it is under the jurisdiction of the other departments of the German Government. ion. This badge, in place of the anchor and crown on the flag of the imperial marine of Germany, transforms it into the flag of the postal service of the Empire. 1012. Merchant vessels in the naval reserve of Germany bear the black, white, and red flag of the German merchant marine, with the black cross on the end next the staff. 1013. The landes flag of Prussia consists of a white field bordered at the top and bottom with black and bearing on the half next the staff the displayed black eagle of Prussia. 1014. The flag of the German Governors of East Africa and Kiao-Chau was the merchant flag with the eagle of the Empire on the cen tral white stripe. The former colony has now been practically conquered by British forces and the Japanese have taken charge of Kiao- Chau. 1015. The flag of the commander-in-chief of the naval forces of Germany has a square white field occupied by the black cross, with guns arranged in the form of a saltire thereon. 1016. The flag of the inspector general of the German navy has a red-bordered white field with the black cross quartering the white. 1017. The ensign and merchant flag of Turkey consists of a red field upon which is imposed a white crescent moon and a •- five- pointed star. The Turks adopted this device when they captured Constantinople in 1463. It originally was the symbol of Diana, who was the patroness of Byzantium. When the Turks adopted the crescent as a badge of triumph it promptly fell into disuse in the western world, and they secured a complete monopoly upon it. Though originally a pagan symbol, it re mained throughout the rise and development of the Greek Church a special mark of Con stantinople. Even to this day in Moscow and other Russian cities the crescent and the cross may be seen combined on the churches, the object being to indicate the Byzantine origin of the Orthodox Church. The origin of this Quarter moon dates from the time of Emperor Philip, the father of Alexander the Great. While he was trying to take the city he set his soldiers to work on a dark night to undermine the walls, but the crescent moon appeared in time to reveal the design to the people and Philip was thwarted. In acknowledgment the Byzantines erected a statue to Diana and made the crescent moon the symbol of their city. 1018. The personal flag of the Sultan of Turkey, which corresponds to the royal stand ards of other monarchies, or the President's flag in our own country, is scarlet and bears in the center a device which changes with each succession to the throne. This device, accord ing to tradition, originated in the fourteenth century, when Sultan Murad, being unable to write his name on a treaty, dipped his open hand in ink and pressed it on the document. In the spaces of the figure thus made the scribes wrote his name, the title Khan, and the epithet "Ever Victorious." Now, the name of the reigning sovereign, within the same figure, appears on the flag, surrounded by a rayed halo of somewhat starlike form. 387 1019. The chief of the staff of the German navy flies a flag of white fully quartered by a black cross, upon whose intersection is im posed a disk of white, a circle of gold rope, and a sword. 1020. The flotilla flag of the German navy consists of a swallow-tailed pennant, hung free from the flagstaff and bearing the black cross. 1021. The Sultan of Turkey flies a different flag afloat from that which is borne for him ashore. As commander-in-chief of the Turk ish naval forces he has a red banner upon which is centered a white anchor with a blaz ing sun in the center of each quarter of the flag. 1022. The religious flag of Turkey is green instead of the familiar red of the ensign and merchant banner. It bears the usual crescent and star in white and is the banner that is borne upon all religious occasions. It has been under this banner that untold thousands of Christians in the Mohammedan world have suffered at the hands of the followers of Islam. 1023. The customs banner of Turkey is of the same genetal design as the national ensign, except that the star and crescent are inclosed in a rectangle made of a thin white stripe close to and parallel with the border. 1024. The flag of Crete is quartered by a white cross. The first quarter is red and bears a five-pointed star in white, while the other three quarters are blue. This was the flag of the high commissioner appointed by Great Britain, Russia, France, and Italy, and later proposed by Greece with the permission of the Powers, who governed the island before its annexation to Greece. HEROIC FLAGS OF THE MIDDLE AGES The Geography of the Earth as Known in Medieval Times Symbolized in g6 Historic Standards (Nos. 1025-1120) THE earliest representation of the flags of all nations is to be found in an illuminated manuscript of a Franciscan friar, a native of Spain, who was born in 1305 and who, according to his own claim, wrote his monumental "Book of the Knowledge of All the King doms, Countries, and Lordships that there are in the World and of the En signs and Arms of Each Country and Lordship ; also of the Kings and Lords Who Govern Them," after having visited all the places which he describes. Geographers and historians hesitate to accept the friar's claim as literally true, but it is evident that he was a great trav eler and a close observer, and though he is prone to weave legend and hearsay into his narrative, there is, nevertheless, a re markable fund of information in this priceless manuscript, written a century and a half before Columbus discovered America, and which now reposes in the Biblioteca Nacional at Madrid. "In the name of God the Father and Son and Holy Ghost, three individual persons in one essence. I was born in the Kingdom of Castile, in the reign of the very noble King Don Sancho, when the era of the world, ac cording to the Hebrews, was 5,065 years, and the era of the deluge 4,407 years, and of Nebu chadnezzar of Chaldea 2,502 years, and of Alexander the Great of Macedonia 1,617, and of Ca:sar, Emperor of Rome, 1,343, and of ARTIST AS WEU, AS TRAVELER The manuscript of the anonymous Franciscan whose travels extended as far east as Java, by way of Mecca, was edited by the Spanish scholar Marcos Jimenez de la Espada, 40 years ago, with the aid of Don Francisco Coello, the eminent geographer. It was recently published in English, together with the flags (see page 371), by the Hakluyt Society. The devices are very beautiful and rich, both in color and in design, the Fran ciscan evincing great skill in reproducing in some instances the banners and in oth ers the coats-of-arms of the kingdoms and principalities which he visited. The story of these flags of the world 570 years ago and of the kings and coun tries over which they waved is best told in the words of the Franciscan himself, who makes no attempt to differentiate be tween what he actually saw and what he heard (the numbers in the text refer to the corresponding flag on page 371). Christ 1,304 years, and of the Arabs 706, on the nth day of the month of September. "There are in the Kingdom of Castile 28 cities and many other towns, castles, and vil lages. Know that this Kingdom of Castile and Leon has all the seacoast of the west as far as Bayona the greater, and borders on Navarre and Aragon and Granada. The ensigns of the kings of this kingdom are a flag with two castles and two lions quarterly (1025). 388 "I departed from the Kingdom of Castile and went to the Kingdom of Portugal, where I found four large cities, and three great rivers flow across it. This kingdom borders on the western sea and the Kingdom of Castile and Leon. The arms of this kingdom are castles all round and qmnas (shields with five white circles, representing the five wounds of the Saviour) in the middle (1026). "I went to Bayona (Bayonne the greater, which is in Gascony. It is seated on the west ern sea, near the Pyrenean Mountains (Pyre nees). The Lord of this Bayona has for his flag white with a cross red" (1027). At the time of the Franciscan's visit Bayonne was under the King of England, and the flag was therefore the St. George's "cross (830), adopted by Richard Cceur de Lion during the Third Crusade. "I left Bayona and entered Navarre, a very rich kingdom, in which there are three great cities. Three great rivers flow through it. The king of it has for a sign the flag as follows" (1028). At the battle of Las Navas de Tolosa, in 1212, Sancho, King of Navarre, and his knights broke the chain which defended the approach to the tent of "En-Nasir," the Almohade Sul tan. The victory which followed resulted in laying all Mohammedan Spain at the feet of the Christians. From that time the kings of Navarre bore the chain on their coat-of-arms and on their flag. "I departed from Navarre and crossed the Pyrenees. On the left side of these mountains is the noble city of Tolosa (Toulouse), where the liberal arts are studied, and the lord of this Tolosa has for his sign a red flag with a cross of gold (1029). "I left Tolosa and turned along the coast of the country of Burdeo (Bordeaux), and then to Rochela (La Rochelle), a rich city of France, and thence I went to the point of Sanmae, which is in the province of Bretanea (Brittany) ; thence to the Gulf of Samalo (St. Malo), and thence to the province of Nor- mandia (Normandy). All these are in the Kingdom of Francia (France), where there are many cities, towns, and villages. Know that the Kingdom of Erance borders on the Mediterranean, where there is a city called Narbonne, and on the Alps of Alsace and on the coasts of Flanders, and all the coasts of Gascuena (Gascony) to the Pyrenees. The King of France has three fleurs de lys of gold (1030). "I left Paris and went to Roan and Chalon, and thence to a city on the coast which they call Diepa (Dieppe), and I left it and reached a rich city called Cales (Calais), which is in the province of Picardy. Know that from this Cales to the island of England is a short cross ing of eight miles (leagues ?). I departed from Cales and went to the country of Flan ders, to a noble city, Brujas (Bruges). The lord of that country has a flag — gold with a black lion (1031). "Thence I crossed a great river which they call Rinus (the Rhine), which passes by Co- lona (Cologne), a great city of Germany. In this city they say that the three Magian kings are interred who worshiped Jesus Christ in Belem (Bethlehem). But when I traveled in the Empire of Cataya (China) I was in a city called Solin (Saba?), and they showed me three highly revered monuments, and they were m honor of the three Magian kings who adored Jesus Christ, and they said that they were na tives of that city. In this Germany there are some very high mountains which they call the German Alps. . . The Emperor of Ger many has for his device a flag — yellow with a black eagle crowned (1032). "I departed from Colona and went to a city called Colanda (Holland), in the Kingdom of Frisia. I then passed over a great river, Albia (Elbe), rising in the mountains of Boemia (Bohemia). Here the German Sea forms the great Gulf of Frisia, and in that gulf there are four islands. The King of Frisia's device is a flag — gold with three long black lions (1033). "In the Kingdom of Boemia there are seven great cities, the largest called Praga (.Prague), where they crown the King of Boemia. This Praga is all surrounded by a lofty range which they call the Mountains of Boemia. In the middle there is a great plateau and in its center is the city, surrounded by a great river called Albia. The King of Boemia has for his de vice a flag — white with a red lion crowned (1034). "I left Boemia and went to the province of Sant Nurio (Sandomir), and to another the name of which was Curconia (Cracow) and Culman (Culm), which are great provinces between Germany and the greater sea, and though it may be that they are inhabited by Christians, still they are schismatics ; and I ar rived at two great cities between the greater sea and the Sea of Germany, called Litefama (Livonia) and Catalant (Courland). It is a very populous land and the king of it has for a device a white flag with this sign (1035). THE VANISHED KINGDOM "I entered the Kingdom of Polonia (Po land), where there are five great cities, the largest being Santa Maria (Mariempol), where they crown the kings. The King of Polonia has for his design a green flag with this sign in red (1036). "I left the Kingdom of Polonia and went to the Kingdom of Leon, which the Germans call Lumbrec (Lemberg), in which there are five great cities. It must be known that this King dom of Leon (Galicia) borders on the prov ince of Rumenia (Livonia) and with the King dom of Suava (Swabia). The king has a green flag with a red cross (1037). "After this I turned to the other coast of the German Sea (Baltic), to the part of the Trasmontana, being the land of Europe I will mention further on. I entered a great prov ince they call Suevia (Sweden) and found the city ol Roderin (Roggerwick), very rich and populous, though the land is very cold. It has in it nine cities. The King of this Suevia has for his device a yellow flag with two red lions facing each other" (1038). A few years before the visit of the Fran ciscan the first union between Norway and Sweden had taken place under the three-year- old king, Magnus, who, however, lost both kingdoms before his death. "I left the city of Roderin and, going on 389 board a ship, I passed to an island they called Gotlandia, which is in the German Gulf, and on this island there is a great city called Bisuy (Wisby), in which there are 90 parishes, and the island is well peopled. -There is a smaller island called Oxilia. The king of these, islands has a flag of gold and purple bars" (1039). It was in the century preceding the Fran ciscan's visit that the wealth of the city of Wisby, or Bisuy, as he called it, became pro verbial, and an old ballad relates that "the Got- landers weigh gold with 20-pound weights and play with the choicest gems. The pigs eat out of silver troughs and the women spin with gold distaffs. A few years after the friar's visit Wisby was attacked by the King of Den mark, who after a bloody battle, in which 1,800 peasants fell trying to defend the gates of the city, took possession of the whole island. "I ascended the lofty mountains of Noruega (Norway), which is a very strong kingdom containing three great cities. They call the largest Regis (Bergen), where they crown the kings. And be it known that this Noruega toward the north is uninhabited, and that the year makes one day for six months and an other, six. months' night, and there are men who have their heads fixed on their breasts with no neck whatever, but I did not see them. The king of this Noruega has for his device a flag — gold with a black lion (.1040).. li'T departed from Noruega in a ship of the English, and we shaped a course west r and came to an island, very large, called Salanda, which is at the. entrance of the Gulf of Frisia, already . mentioned. The island . of Salanda (Zeeland) is very populous and has four great cities, > called Salandi (Copenhagen), Risent (Ringsted), Escondin (Stor Heddihg), Alenda (Lealand). The king of this island \ has for his device a flag — gold with a black lion, as in Noruega (1040). "I left the island of Salanda (Zeeland) and we made a long voyage, arriving at another island called Tille (Telemarken, in the south of Norway), and from thence we came to the island of Escocia (Scotland) and found in it three great cities — one called Donfres (Dum fries), another Eneruic (Edinburgh), another Veruic (Berwick). The king of this Escocia has for his device a red flag with three long lions of gold" (1041). - The explanation for the Franciscan's cone- fusion of the arms of England with those of Scotland is quite simple. His visit took place during the reign of David Bruce, who married an English princess, and he probably saw her arms on a flag in Scotland and assumed it to be the device of the reigning monarch. ENGLAND CONTAINED "ELEVEN GREAT CITIES". "I.. departed from the land of Escocia and came to the; Kingdom of Inglaterra (England). Know that it is a very well populated country and that it cqntains eleven great .cities. The largest, where they crown .their king, is called Londres (London). The King. of those lands has for his arms, on a iflag, quarterly, in two quarters, fleurs de.Jys, gold on a field azure, be cause the king is of the hous,e pf France, and in the other two quarters, in each one, on a field gules (red), three ounces gold" (1042). The "ounces" which the friar depicts in his device for the English king, it will be ob served, are almost identical with the "long lions" which he erroneously credited to, Scot land (1041). "I left Inglaterra in a boat and reached the island of Irlanda (Ireland), which is a short crossing of a mile (!). They say that for merly it was called Ibernia. In this island there is a great lake, and they say that the lake brings good fortune, because many en chantments were made on its bank in ancient times. The king of this island has the same arms as the King of Inglaterra (1042). "Being in Irlanda, I sailed in a ship bound for Spain, and went with those on that ship on the high sea "for so long that we arrived at the island of Eterns (Faroe Islands), and another called Artania (Orkneys), and another called Citilant (Shetland Islands), and another called Ibernia (Iceland). All these islands are in a part where the sun (never?) sets in the month of June and they are all peopled. In Ibernia there are trees and the fruit that they bear are very fat birds. These birds are very good eat ing, whether boiled or roasted. The men in this island are very long lived, some living 200 years. They are born and brought up in a way which makes them unable to die in the islands, so that when ;they become very weak they are taken away and die presently. . "In.Lthis island there are no snakes nor vipers, nor toads, nor flies, nor spiders, nor any other venomous things, and the women are very beautiful, though very simple. It is a land where there is not as much bread as you maynwant, but a great abundance of meat and. milk. The king of this island has for his device the same flag as the King of Noruega (1040). "After this I departed from the island of Ibernia in a ship, and voyaged so far over the western sea that we -sighted Cape Finisterre and arrived at Pontevedra, in the province of Galicia (Spain>). • Thence I went to a town .in the Kingdom of Castile, as I mentioned be fore, which they call Tarifa. It was founded by a very powerful Arab named Tarif. Near this towniAlbuacen, king of all the land of the west, was. defeated and conquered by the very noble Icing, Don Alfonso of Castile, who pillaged all his tents and took his treasures, his women, and his horses." (This was the battle of Salado, in which the King of Castile, Alfonso XI, - defeated Abu-1-hasan Ali, King of Morocco, on October 28, 1340.) "I departed from Tarifa and went to the city of Aljezira (Algeciras), where is the rock of Gibraltar, being places in the dominions of the King of Castile. "I went to Malaga, a very luxurious city of the Kingdom of Granada. In this kingdom there are three cities. The grandest, where they crown the kings, is Granada. "This kingi- dom is bounded by the Mediterranean and the Kingdom of Castile. The device of this king is a red flag with Arabic letters of gold, such as Mahomad, their prophet, bore" (1043). The friar made an altogether excusable er ror in copying the Arabic inscription, which should read, "No conqueror but God/' ; "I departed from the Kingdom of Granada 390 and went to the Kingdom of Aragon, a very rich and well supplied kingdom. I found five great cities in it. The chief one, where the kings are crowned, is Zaragosa (Saragossa). It is bounded by Navarre, Castile, France, and the Pyrenees. The king has for his device nine pales gules and or" (1044). (Nine strokes red and gold.) There is a picturesque legend concerning the adoption of this device. Far back in his tory an heiress of Aragon married the Count of Barcelona, and the gold shield of the latter was adopted by the kingdom. After a battle, however, Raymond Berenger, Count of Barce lona, wiped his bloody fingers down the shield and thereafter it became "or with five pales gules" — gold with five red strokes. "I left Barcelona and went along the coast to the country of Ampuria, and thence to the city of Narbona (Narbonne), which is by the shore of the Mediterranean Sea. The lord of it has a white flag with a red cross like that of Tolosa (1029), and in each quarter a sign like this (1045), for this city belonged to Ray- mondo Conde de Tolosa. . . . "I ascended the mountains and down to Genoua (Genoa), a very rich city on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea. The lord of it has for his device a white flag with a red cross, and with the word 'Justicia'" (1046). It was about the time of the Franciscan's visit that Genoa elected its first doge, Simone Boccanera, 15 years after whose death, in 1363, the republic city engaged in one of its many disastrous wars with Venice, during which the Genoese galleys reached the very threshold of their rival in the Adriatic and could have dic tated a most advantageous peace had they not boasted that they would "bit and bridle the horses of Saint Mark." "I departed from Genoua and entered Lom- bardy, where there are many great and rich cities. I left Lombardy and came to Pisa, a land very fertile with a temperate climate. It has a flag gules (red)" (1047). Pisa had reached the zenith of its power during the century preceding the friar's visit. . Its red flag had been banished from Corsica by the Genoese in 1300, and 23 years later the kings of Aragon supplanted it with their own over Sardinia. "Leaving Pisa, I came to Tuscany, in which there is a city called Florence. The lord of it has for his device a white flag with a red cross. I went from Tuscany to the noble city of Rome, which is the head of the empire of the Romans. The devices of Rome are a red flag with a gold bar, on which are letters" (1048). (S. P. Q. R. — Senatus Populusque Romanus— the Roman Senate and People.) TRANSPLANTED LILIES OF FRANCE "I left Rome and arrived at Naples, a very luxurious, well supplied, and pleasant land, in which are the provinces of Pulla (Apulia) and Calabria. There are many rich cities. The King of Naples has for his device a purple flag with gold fleurs de lys, for he is of the house of France. Above is a red slip which they call a label (1049). "I departed from Naples and went over to the island of Sicily, a short passage. It is very luxurious and well supplied. There are in it eight large cities. This Sicily has a flag parted per s'altire (the field divided into four parts by two lines), two quarters argent (silver or white), with eagles sable, the other two bars gules and or, for the king is of the House of Aragon (1050). . . . "I went to the city of Venecia, which is. at the head of the gulf on the sea. The lord of this Venice has for his flag — argent, a winged lion gules like the lion of St. Mark" (1051). The friar omits the words "Pax tibi, Marce. Evangelista meus" ("Peace be with thee, Mar cus, my evangelist"), which are supposed to be inscribed on the open book or scroll held by the lion. "I departed from Venecia in the same galley and coasted along the side of Esclavonia (Croatia-Slavonia), passing by a city called Aquylea (Aquilea), and another called Triesa (Trieste). The king of this Esclavonia has for his device a yellow flag in halves ; the red half near the hoist has a white star and the other half is yellow (1052). "In the Kingdom of Esclavonia there is a very high mountain called Boxina (Bosnia), where four rivers rise. All these rivers enter the Kingdom of Ungria (Hungary) and unite with the great river Danube, which rises in the Alps of Germany. Now this land of Boxina (Bosnia) marches with Germany and Ungria, and the mountains are in its center, and they are mountains well peopled, with a well sup plied land ; but they are not Catholic Chris tians, and the king of these mountains has the same arms as those of the King of Esclavonia (1053). "I departed from Boxina and went along the coast to the city of Jara (Zara), thence to Sinbochon (Sebenico in Dalmatia), and thence to Narent (in Dalmatia, at the mouth of the Narenta) (1054). ^'With this Narent there marches a city called Dulcecno (Dulcigno), which, with the adjacent mountainous country, is very pleasant and well supplied. In these mountains two very great rivers rise — one called Dranoya (the Drave), the other Pirus (Epirus or Drina) — • which flow into the Kingdom of Ungria, fall ing into the great river Danube and forming in Ungria ten islands. . They call the first Ungria La Mayor, whence the Kingdom of Ungria took its name. "Know that in this Ungria there are many rich cities. The Kingdom of Ungria' (Hun gary) marches with Greece and Germany, Esclavonia, Bolonia (Bologna), and Burgaria (Bulgaria). The flag of this kingdom is part ed per fess (that is, in two equal parts), upper half with fleurs de lys of France, because the king is of the House of France (Louis I of Hungary, 1342-1382, came, in the male line, from Charles of Anjou, brother of St. Louis), the lower half bars gules and argent (1055). "I departed from the Kingdom of Hungary and went along the coast to a city called Durazo (Durazzo). There I took ship and proceeded to the island of the Morea (the Peloponnesus, the peninsula portion of the mainland of Greece). In it there are seven great cities (1056 and 1057). "I left the island of the Morea and went to the island of Rodas (Rhodes). This island belongs to the order of St. John" (1058). 391 The Knights of the Order of the Hospital of St. John of Jerusalem, afterward known as the Knights of Rhodes and the Sovereign Or der of the Knights of Malta, came into exist ence in Jerusalem during the First Crusade. After its expulsion from the Holy Land at the fall of the Latin Kingdom, the order was estab lished in Rhodes in 1309, where it was holding sway at the time of the friar's visit and where it remained until 1522. "I left the island of Rhodes and went to the island of Candia (Crete), and thence to an other island they call Negropont (Eubcea), which the Venetians conquered. I left the en trance to the greater sea and Constantinople, which I will describe further on, to my left, and went to the city they call Satalia (Adalia), of Greek Christians. This Satalia is part of the province of Naturi (Anatolia). The King of this Satalia has for his device a flag with bars wavy argent and purpure and over all the sign of Solomon's seal" (1059). Adalia, known in ancient times as Attalia, played a conspicuous part in the history of the eastern Mediterranean during the Middle Ages. It was from this port that Louis VII sailed for Syria in 1148, and it was the assembling point for Richard Cceur de Lion's descent upon Cyprus during the Third Crusade. THE RICH LAND OF TURKEY "The city of Satalia and others as far as the lesser Armenia are all in the province of Turquia (Turkey),, which was called, in an cient times, Asia Minor. In it there are many lordships and provinces which it would be hard to enumerate, for this Turquia extends to the greater sea, and be it known that it is a very rich land, well supplied with all goods. The king of this province has this flag for his de vice (1060). "I went along the coast of this Turquia to a city called COrincho (Kongos). The king of this land has a black flag with five white crosses (1061). "I departed from Corincho and went to the city they call Feradelfia, or Feradelfin (Phila delphia), which marches on that of Troy, which in ancient times King Menelaus of Greece destroyed. Troy was the head of all that Asia Minor which they now call Turquia, and its device is a flag half white, with a red cross, the other half yellow, with a red square (1063). "In this Turquia there is another province they call Cunio (Iconium, modern Konia), in which there is a rich city called Cunyo, with much territory, and the king has a flag with bars wavy argent and gules" (1064) (silver and red). Following its conquest by the Seljuk Turks in the eleventh century, Konia became one of the most brilliant cities of the medieval world. Many splendid mosques, palaces, and tombs adorned the place, which was sur rounded by a wall two miles in circumference. Beyond the city proper spread the gardens and villas of a numerous suburban population. From the splendor of the city sprang the Turkish proverb, "See all the world, but see Konia." "There is also another province called Sau- asto (Sebastia, or Siwas), anciently Sausco, from a city of that name which was the head of all the cities. This city of Sauasco was the ancient Samaria, though now it is Sauasco, head of the kingdom, with a white flag having five red crosses (1064). In the time of the Franciscan Siwas, known in ancient times as Megalopolis-Sebastia, was enjoying its second period of prosperity, hav ing been rebuilt by the great Sultan Ala-ed- din Kaikobad I. Fifty years after the friar wrote his "Knowledge of the World," Siwas' flag was trampled in the dust by the impla cably cruel Tamerlane, who buried alive 4,000 of its inhabitants. "I entered Armenia the Less, which is all surrounded by very high mountains, and within the mountains there is a plain country in which there are 360 towns and villages and castles." This reference should not be confused with the Armenia of today. The Franciscan is re ferring to a small principality founded in 1080, which gradually grew until it became the in dependent kingdom of Lesser Armenia. It was a Christian State set in the midst of Mos lem principalities and gave valuable assistance to the Crusaders, although it was hostile to the Byzantine rulers. It had a tempestuous existence extending over a period of about three centuries. "On the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, in the place where it ends, you must know that anciently this Armenia was called the island of Colcos ; for in this Armenia an arm of the sea enters in which there is a small island called Porto Bonel (in the Gulf of Alexandretta, or Iskanderun), and here was the temple to the enchanted golden sheep which bewitched Jason the Greek. "After this Armenia is the island of Chipre (Cyprus), and in this Chipre there are four great cities. The King of Chipre has for his design a flag parted per pale argent five crosses gules and purpure (purple), two fleurs de lys palewise, because he is of the House of France" (Armenia the Less, 1065, and Cyprus, 1066). At the close of the twelfth century the reigning prince of Cyprus provoked the wrath of Richard Cceur de Lion by ill-treating the Crusaders. The English monarch thereupon captured the island and sold it to the Knights Templar, who in turn sold it to the French crusader, Guy de Lusignan, titular King of Jerusalem. It was Hugh IV, one of the ablest of the Lusignan dynasty, who was governing Cyprus at the time of the friar's visit. This was the sovereign to whom Boccaccio dedi cated one of his works and who brought about an alliance with the Pope, with Venice, and the Hospitallers, which resulted in the capture of Smyrna, in 1344. After visiting many of the cities of Syria and Palestine, including Jaffa, Acre, Cassarea, and Ascalon, the friar says of Jerusalem : "Know that in this Suria (Syria) is the city of Iherusalem, which was sanctified by the holy temple of Salamon (Solomon), built there, and was consecrated by the blood of Ihesu Christo. This land was anciently called Cananea after Canaan, son of Noe (Noah). Afterward it had the name of Judea after Juda, son of Jaco 392 (Jacob). Know that this province was taken by the French when they made the conquests beyond seas. The device of this province is a white flag with red crosses, like this" (1067). Sir Clements Markham, vice-president of the Hakluyt Society and translator of the Franciscan's Book of Knowledge, notes that there was no authority for these five crosses gules in the arms of Jerusalem. The correct arms were metal on metal; argent a cross po tent or (gold) between four lesser crosses or. "Suria marches with the land of Jafet (Japhet), and this Jafet borders the very rich city of Damasco (Damascus), well supplied with all things. Near this Damasco flows the river Eufrates. The king has a yellow flag with a white moon (1068). "Egipto (Egypt) borders on Suria. I came along the coast to a port called La Risa (the Port of Risa). And I took the road to the west and came to Damiata (Damietta), a noble city surrounded by the river Nilus (Nile). Know that here the King of France was de feated and a prisoner when he went to make conquest beyond sea (Louis IX, defeated at Massura, near Damietta, in 1250). On the banks of this river Nilus is situated the great city Alcaira (Cairo), where the kings of Egipto are crowned. The device of this king dom is a white flag with a blue moon (1069). THE HIDING PLACE OF THE ROSETTA STONE "I left Alcaira and went to the coast where is the city of Alexandria, which is noble and rich. From this Alexandria to the isle of Roxeta the distance is ten leagues, all peopled with villages. (Rosetta is the Egyptian town made famous for all time by the discovery near here of the "Rosetta Stone" in 1799, the inscribed block of basaltic rock which unlocked the secrets of hieroglyphic writing.) The king of this Alexandria has for his device a yellow flag and in the middle a black wheel in which is a gray lion (1070). "I departed from Alexandria and went by the coast to a city called Luchon (Lucha), where the king has a yellow flag with a white moon (1071). "Leaving Luchon I came to Mon de Barcas (Barca) and Bona Andrea (Apolonia), which is in Berberia (Barbary), and thence to Tolo- meta (Ptolemais), on the seashore. The king has for a device a white flag with a yellow- sash on a lance (1072). "From Tolometa I came to Puerto Magro (the mouth of the river Magra, ancient Cyni- phus), and thence to Tripul (Tripoli), of Ber beria. It is called Tripul because it is bounded by the Triplicana Mountains. This Tripul is a rich city and the king of it has for his de vice a white flag with a green palm tree and two red keys (1073 and 1074). "I went from Tripul to Rahasa (Ras Maja- bes), Capiz (Gabes), and Faquiz (Alfaques), and thence to Africa (Mahdia, in Tunisia), a rich city. Know that 26 miles from this Africa is a great tower called Ligem, and from this tower to Alcairahuan (Kairowan) there are 40 miles. At this Alcairahuan the king of all Africa toward the west, named Albohacem (Abu-1-hasan Ali), was defeated and all his tents were pillaged. The King of Africa has for his device a white flag with a purple moon" (1075). The Franciscan's mention of the battle be tween Abu-1-hasan Ali and Ahmed, near Kairo wan, which occurred in 1348, is of special in terest, as it is the latest date mentioned by the chronicler. The friar probably did not visit Kairowan, for with the exception of Mecca and Medina it is the most sacred of cities in the eyes of Mohammedans, and up to the time of the trench occupation, in 1881, no Christian was permitted to pass through its gates with out a special permit from the bey.) "I went thence to Cucia (Susa, in Tunisia, built on the site of the Roman Hadrumetum), and thence to Tunez (Tunis), which is a great and rich city, well supplied with all things, and is the head of all Berberia (Barbary). The flag of the king is white with a black moon (1076). "I went to Bona (old name, Hippo), where St. Augustine was bishop. It is a rich city. The king of it has a white flag with a black moon (like Tunis — -1076). I departed from Bona and went to the city of Constantina (Constantine), which is all surrounded by a river. The king has a flag parted per fess white and yellow (1078). "I left Constantina and arrived at Bugia (Bougie). It is a very strong and ancient city. The king has for his device a red flag with a yellow cross-bow" (1080). AN EARLY SIGNALING DEVICE Long before the Franciscan's visit to Bou gie it had become the greatest commercial center on the North African coast and had attained a high degree of civilization. There is evidence that the heliograph was used here for signaling from special towers as early as the middle of the eleventh century. During the century following the visit of the friar it became the stronghold of the Barbary pirates. "I went from Bugia to Arguer (Algiers), thence to Brischan (Bresia), a city on the sea- coast. The king of it has a white flag with a sign like this (1082). "I departed from Brischan and went to the island of Mayorcas (Majorca), in which there is a noble, rich, and well supplied city. The king has for his device a flag with bars vert (green) and sable" (1077). The colors which the Franciscan ascribes to the Kingdom of Majorca constitute internal proof that he visited the country prior to 1375, for in that year the island was annexed by the King of Aragon and its flag, of course, as sumed a red-and-gold hue (see 1044). "I entered Numedia as far as the river of Muluya until I arrived at the strong city of Cepta (Ceuta). Know that Cepta is opposite to Algezira (Algeciras) and Gibraltar, places of the King of Spain. The gulf of the sea, called the strait of Azocaque (Strait of Gibral tar), passes between Cepta and Gibraltar. The king of this city has for his design a red flag with two white keys (1079.) "I departed from Cepta and went to the noble city of Fez, where the kings of the Bena Marin (kings of the lineage of Beni Merin) always reside. At Fez their kings are crowned 393 and reside and they have a flag all white (1081). I "Thence I went to Nife (Anafi?) and Aza- mor. Know that in this province is the very noble city of Marruecos, which used to be called Cartagu the Great (Carthage, a mistake in which the traveler confuses Morocco with Tunis). A consul of Rome named Scipio Africanus conquered it in the time of the sov ereignty of the Romans. Afterwards the Goths, who were the lords of Spain, were the sover eigns here. The King of Marruecos has for his device a red flag with a chess-board black and white (1083). "I climbed the mountains of Cucia La-Alta (western Atlas), which is a country well sup plied with everything. These mountains are very high and it is a most dangerous land, for there are not more than two very perilous passes. The king has for his device a flag — white with a black lion" (1084). The friar's next objectives were various points along the West African coast as far as the Senegal River, traveling always in a "pan- filo" — a galley used in the Mediterranean dur ing the Middle Ages, equipped with two masts for sails and one row of oars. He next visited many of the islands in the Canary and Madeira groups. Returning to the mainland, he joined a party of Moors who were crossing the Sa hara with gold for the King of Guinea. He continues : "We came to some very great and high mountains in the middle of the Zahara (Sa hara), and afterward we traveled a very great distance over the desert until we came to an other mountain (oasis?) called Infurent (Ze- fran). Here I parted from these Moors and joined some others. I then went to Sulgu- menca (the ancient town of Segelmessa, now Tafilet), a rich city in the Zahara, near a river which comes from the clear mountains. The king of it has for his device a white flag with the root of a green palm tree, in this manner (1085). "I went with some Moors over the Zahara until we arrived at Tocoron (Tamagrut, on the river Dra), which is a city among some mountains. The inhabitants are negroes, and the King of Tocoron has for his device a white flag with a black mountain in the middle, like that of the King of Guynoa (Guinea) (1086). "Thence I went to Tibalbert (Tibelbelt, south of the Atlas), a city on some very high moun tains; thence to another mountain, which is under the King of Guynoa (Guinea), and thence to Buda, a well-supplied city, also on the top of a mountain. Know that the city was peopled by a king of Tremecen ; for he was bad and did evil things and the people wanted to kill him. So he fled, with his treas ure, to this place and founded this city of Buda (an oasis south of Atlas). Its flag is white with a red moon (1087). "Afterwards I departed from Buda and went by the Zahara to another mountain called Ga- nahe (Ghana), in which there is a rich, well- supplied city of the same name. It is the head of the kingdom, where they crown the kings. And the King of Guynoa (Guinea) has a gold flag with a black mountain in the middle (1088). GOLD-MINING ANTS AS BIG AS CATS • "Of Guynoa there is much to say. It con tains seven mountains well peopled .and land yielding abundantly as long as there are moun tains ; elsewhere it is all Zahara. Two ranges of mountains extend to the Rio Del Oro (Senegal River), and there they collect the ivory teeth and the gold in the ant-hills which the ants make on the river banks. The ants are as big as cats and dig out much earth. This kingdom marches with the Kingdom of Or gana (a kingdom on the upper Senegal), in which also there is much desert. Organa is the head of the kingdom, where the king is crowned. The King of Organa has for his device a white flag with a green palm tree and two keys (1089). "I traveled for a very long distance on camels, until I arrived at the kingdom they call Tremecen (Tremizen, or Telensin, which extended along the Barbary coast between'Me- lilla and the present seaport of Bougie), which borders on the river Nilus (Nile). They live always at war with the Christians of Nubia and Etiopia (Ethiopia). There are in this kingdom five large places inhabited by negroes. Know that these inhabitants of this kingdom of Tremecen peopled it from Berberia (Bar bary)^ The king has for his device a purple flag with a white moon (1090). "Thence I went to another kingdom called Dongola (west of Nubia), marching with the deserts of Egipto (Egypt) and the river Nilus. It is a country well peopled with Christians from Nubia, but they are negroes. It is a rich land and very well supplied and with many fruit trees. The land has a very hot climate. The King of Dongola has for his device a white flag with a cross like this" (1091). After revisiting Cairo in company with some Genoese merchants whom he met in Dongola, the Franciscan journeyed to Damieta (Dami etta), where he embarked for Ceuta. He dis embarked and journeyed through Morocco, crossed the Atlas Mountains, where he met some Moorish traders and embarked with them on a galley for another cruise down the west shore of Africa. After leaving the mouth of the Senegal River "we went on for a very long distance," continues the friar, "always keeping in sight of the coast, leaving behind us the Islas Perdidas (the Atlantic Islands), and came to an island inhabited by many people. "They call this island Gropis (Galpis, of the Bissagos group, off the coast of Portuguese Guinea). It is a well-supplied island, but the people are idolaters. They took us all before their king, and wondered much at us and our language and customs. The merchants who armed the galley made much profit. The king's device is a white flag with the figure of his idol" (1092 and 1093). The Franciscan now left the Moors and journeyed to towns in the Soudan and Sene- gambia. He _ marvels at the gold, the amber gris, and the ivory which come from this torrid region, and declares that the Mountains of the Moon, also called the Mountains of Gold, are supposed to be the highest in the world, and that the five largest rivers in the world have their sources in these lofty regions. He gives 394 no picture of the flag of this kingdom, which he calls Gotonie, and designates as "one of the largest in the world," but describes the device as "some yellow sashes on a spear." His nar rative continues : "I departed from this Kingdom of Gotonie (Soudan and Senegambia) and arrived at a gulf connected with the sea, and in the gulf there are three islands. I crossed this gulf until I came to a great city called Amenuan (Miniana and Amina, regions north of the Kong Mountains). It is a very great and populous kingdom, with a land supplying all that is good, but the people are heathens and believe in idols. The kingdom contains eight great cities, one of which is Amenuan, in which the king always resides and is crowned. The king has a white flag with an idol (1094). "In this Kingdom of Emenuan there enters a branch of the river Euf rates (Niger — the friar does not confuse this with the Mesopo- tamian -Euphrates, but assumes two rivers with the same name). This river forms three branches, one entering the middle of the King dom of Amenuan and the other branches flow ing round the whole kingdom, the width in some places being two days' journey. When I crossed this great river I first made a long journey along its banks, which are very popu lous (referring evidently to the river Benue, a tributary of the Niger). A MYTHICAL MONARCH "I came to a great city called Graciona, which is the head of the Empire of Ardeselib, a word meaning 'Servant of the Cross.' The Ardeselib is defender of the Church of Nubia and Ethiopia, and he defends Preste Juan (Prester John), who is Patriarch of Nubia and Abyssinia." Prester John, to whom the Franciscan re fers, was a mythical Christian potentate, whose name appears many- times in the chronicles of the Middle Ages, and he is endowed with many attributes of greatness, wisdom, and magic. Originally he was supposed to be a monarch of Asia, his capital being somewhere in India. During the fourteenth century, however, the mythical Prester John's domain was trans ferred to Africa, and he then became the Chris tian king of Abyssinia. "Preste Juan rules over very great lands and many cities of Christians. But they are ne groes as to their skins and burn the sign of the cross with fire in recognition of baptism. But although these men are negroes they are still men of intelligence, with good brains, and they have understanding and knowledge. Their land is well supplied with all good things, and excellent water of that which comes from the Antarctic Pole, where, it is said, is the earthly paradise. They told me that the Genoese whose galley was wrecked at Amenuan and who were saved were brought here. It was never known what became of the other galley which escaped. . The Emperor of Abdeselib has for his device a white flag with a black cross like this" (1095). The friar's reference to the Genoese galley relates to the voyage of Vadino and Guido de Vivaldo, navigators who set sail in 1821 in an attempt to reach India. One of them reached a city in Ethiopia called Menam, where the crew was imprisoned and none ever returned. "J departed from Graciona and traveled over many lands and through many cities, arriving at the city of Malsa (Melee, or Melli?), where the Preste Johan (Prester John) always re sides. "This is a well-peopled and well-supplied land. From the time I came to Malsa I heard and saw marvelous things every day. I in quired what the terrestrial paradise was like, and wise men told me that it consisted of mountains so high that they came near to the circuit of the moon. No man has been able to see it all, for of twenty men who went not more than three ever saw it, and that they had never heard tell of any man who had ascended the mountains. "They further told me that these mountains were surrounded by very deep seas, and that from the water of those seas come four rivers which are the largest in the world." Perhaps this is a vague reference, based on hearsay, to those noble lakes which constitute the reservoirs of the Nile and Congo basins — Albert Edward, Tanganyika, Nyassa, and Vic toria Nyanza. It was not until centuries later that these lakes were definitely located. In fact, Victoria Nyanza, which, next to Lake Su perior, is the largest fresh-water lake in the world, was not discovered until 1858, by J. H. Speke, while seeking the source of the Nile. "The waters which descend by these rivers make so great a noise that it can be heard at a distance of two days' journey. All the men who live near it are deaf and cannot hear each other, owing to the great noise of the waters. "In all time the sun in those mountains is there day and night, either on one side or the other. This is because half those mountains are over the horizon and the other half are over the horizon, so that on the top of the mountains it is never either cold nor dark, nor hot nor dry, nor moist, but an equable tem perature. All things, whether animal or veg etable, can never decay nor die. "They told me many other secrets of the stars both as regards judgments and magical virtues ; also concerning herbs, plants, and minerals, and I saw several marvelous things. The Greeks call this place Ortodoxis, and the Jews Ganheden, and the Latins Paraiso Ter- renal, because there is always a good tempera ture. The device of Preste Johan is a white flag with a black cross (1096). I departed from Malsa and took an eastern route." The Franciscan was the first writer to locate the mysterious Prester John in Abyssinia. "I went for a very long distance, meeting with people of many beliefs and with strange manners and customs which it would take long to describe, until I came to a gulf of the Sea of India which enters into the land fifty days' journey. In this gulf there are three very large islands, called Zanzibar (probably an error of the copyist for Acibar), Alcubil_(Ku- ria Muria), and Aden (peninsula), which _ is the largest and the most populous. It lies against Arabia, and here the Red Sea begins, and penetrates the land westward forty days' journey. On its shores are many cities, towns, and villages. 395 A RED RED SEA "When the ships come from India they ar rive at Aden and pay a tithe of their merchan dise, because between the island Aden and the point of Aden there is a rich city. Then there is a very narrow place to pass, and a ship then enters the Red Sea and discharges its cargo at a city they call Sacam (Suakin), belonging to the King of Caldea. "This Red Sea is so called because the bot tom consists of red ochre which makes the water red. By this sea the Jews passed when they went forth from the Egyptian captivity of Faraon the King (Pharaoh). Presently I entered Caldea, which is all surrounded by two very great rivers, rising in the mountains of Toro (Taurus). One is called Cur (a mistake for Tigris) and the other called Eufrates, but not the one of Nubia. Both these rivers reach the Indian Sea in the gulf they call the Black Sea (Persian Gulf). This Caldea is a rich, populous, and well-supplied land. "Know that in this province is the Tower of Babel, which the giants built in the center of a great plain, the Agra de Senabar (Shinar), and here was the great city of Bauilonia (Baby lon), which is now destroyed, of which the lord was Nabucodonusor (Nebuchadnezzar). "I crossed an arm of the Eufrates and en tered the province of Baldaque (Bagdad), in which there is a great city which they call Bandacho (Bagdad), and Nabucodonusor (Nebuchadnezzar) was king of these prov inces. I departed from Bandacho and went to Mesopotamia. I left Mesopotamia and went to a city where the river Cur (Tigris) forms a great island called Ansera, in which island there is a great city. Beyond this river is the site of -the city of Niniue (Nineveh), which was destroyed for its sins. Know that this re gion contains very extensive lands, many cities and villages, and is all encircled by the two great rivers called Eufrates and Cur (Tigris). From the borders of the Red Sea to the shores of the Persian Gulf as far as Aquysio (Kishm) we cannot give different devices because Cal dea and Baldaque are all in one lordship and it is all one region. "I crossed the river Cur (Tigris) and made a very long journey until I came to Arabia, traversing a great extent of land and arriving at the city of AI Medina (Medina), where Mahomat was born. Thence I went to Me dian (Mecca), where is the law and testament of Mahomat in an iron chest and in a house of calamita stone. For this reason it is in the air, neither ascending nor descending. Know that this Median is the head of the empire of the Arabs. Its device is a red flag and on it Arabic letters in gold (1097). "I departed from Mecha and traveled over the Kingdom of Arabia onwards until I arrived at a very large city they called Fadal (Fartak), on the shores of the Sea of India. I remained there sometime and then went on board a ship and passed a very large and well-peopled island called Sicocra (Socotra). There is in it a very large city also called Sicocra, under the rule of the King of Arabia. This same island the ships touch coming from India laden with spices. It has a red flag with Arabic let ters (1098). THE WEALTH OF INDIA "I then traveled with some merchants for a very great distance and arrived at a kingdom of Delini (Delhi), belonging to the kings of India. It contains extensive lands, very rich and populous. The cities I came to were nine. Know that in this Kingdom of Lini (Delhi) the pepper and ginger and aloe ripen, and many other spices, of which there are great harvests, which are taken over all the world. They call this province India the sandy (Sind and Raj- putana), and the color of the people is black. They use Turkish bows. They are a wise people, with good memories, and learned in all kinds of knowledge. The device of the king is a white flag with a gold pale (iogg). "I departed from the Kingdom of Dilini and entered that of Viguy (Bijaya-nagar), which is on the other coast of the Indian Sea. Be yond this kingdom there is an island in the Indian Sea called Sagela (Ceylon), in which there is a great and rich city. In this island there are workings whence gold, silver, and other metals and very large rubies come; others smaller. This kingdom marches with the Empire of Armalec (Bengal), with the Kingdom of Linj and with the Indian Sea. "Know_ that this Indian Sea is a branch which joins to the great eastern sea. Some say that it covers all the world up to the west ern sea. Wise men say that as far as the Ant arctic Pole there is a great land forming a tenth part of the whole earth. The learned call this land Trapouana (Sumatra), marching with the island of Java and extending to the westward along an arm of the great sea which surrounds the whole earth and of which the Indian Sea is part. "Know that in the islands of Java and Tra pouana there are 45 extensive regions, the greater part desolate, owing to the great heat of the sun. But in the inhabited parts they gather much pepper and many other spices. Here are the great griffins and the great cock atrices. The king has for his device a white flag with a gold wand. "Afterwards I departed from the Kingdom of Viguy and passed over a gulf of the Indian Sea, which they call the Gulf of Bengala (Ben gal), because on its shore is a. great city called Bengala, of the Empire of Armelec, and it is the capital of the kingdom. I passed thence to the Kingdom of Oxanao (Burma?), which is on the shore of the Indian Sea. Along the shores of Oxanao the sea is green ; it is an arm of the Indian Sea between this Oxanap and the island of Java. The King of Oxanap has for his device a white flag with a pale of gold (similar to Delhi — 1099). "I departed from Oxanap, went on board a ship with some merchants, and sailed over the green sea until we came to the island of Java, a very great island in the Indian Sea about 40 days' journey in length. The island is verv populous, but there are no cities, because all the people live in the country and gather spices, pepper, and odoriferous gums. It is a very hot land. The people are black and they adore 396 the Emperor of Cathay (China), whose image they have on their flags (noo). "On leaving Java I returned to Oxanap and took the way to the Kingdom of Armalec, whose device is a white flag with a pale of gold (simi lar to Delhi — iogg). I departed from the Em pire of Armalec and traveled by land for a great distance over a well-peopled country, with flocks, but no cities nor towns, because all the inhabitants live in the country. TO THE END OF THE EARTH "At last I arrived in the Empire of Catayo (China), where all the cities are on the shores of the eastern sea, which joins with the Sea of India. This sea of the east is full of reefs and islands, and to the eastward there is no news of any lands, only waters, as in the west ern sea. "Know that Catayo (China) is the end of the earth in the line of Spain. This empire is irrigated by three great rivers, which rise in the Montes Caspios (Himalaya Mountains) and are led off into many parts. Ihey call the largest of these rivers Magot (Hoang-Ho), for it rises near the castle of Magot (the Great Wall), which is one of the gates of encircled Tartaria (Tartary). They call this emperor Gosman Imperator Morroy, and Grand Can, Lord of the East. His device is a gold flag and in the middle an emperor seated, in white cloths, with an imperial crown on his head, in one hand a Turkish bow, in the other a golden apple (1101). "I departed from the Empire of Catayo to ward the north, up the course of the river Magot (Hoang-Ho), and traveled for 65 days. I did not find town nor city. The land is en tirely inhabited by tribes with flocks. It is all a plain country and has no stones nor trees nor people who eat bread, but only meat and mi'k. Thence I reached the Montes Caspios (Himalayas) of Magot. "Know that these mountains are of immeas urably height and surround Tartaria from sea to sea, and there is only one very narrow pass. Here there is a castle built of magnet iron throughout, for nature made it in this manner and it reaches to the clouds. At its foot rises the river Magot. On the other side there is another castle which is as high and built of the same stone, called Got (Gog and Magog, men tioned in Ezekiel xxxviii). The castles are very high on the top, so that ten thousand men can reside in each of them. Between the two are the Iron Gates which shut the entrance to Tartaria. "Within this Tartaria there are countless tribes who do not observe any of the com mandments of God, except that they do no evil one to another. They are very confident and great fighters, both on foot and on horseback, insomuch that Alexander was unable to con quer them or to enter their country by the mountains, for they shut and fastened those iron gates by placing great rocks against them, and they were closed for a long time. Even tually they removed the obstruction, coming out and conquering a great part of the world themselves. From that lineage came all those of the Empire of Catayo. "From that lineage also came those of the empires of Armalec, Mesopotamia, all the Per sians, those of the Empire of Sara (Caspian), as well Turks and Tartars, Saracens and Goths. Some of them turned to the law of Abraham and others turned Moors. The wise men of Tartaria say that when 7,000 years of the era of Adam are completed they will be lords of the whole face of the earth and will make all peoples conform to their law and their freedom. This enclosed Tartaria forms a fourth part of the whole earth. "In the Empire of Catayo there is a king dom called Scim (perhaps a kingdom of hear say), which borders on the Kingdom of Sar- magant (Samarkand), Bocarin (Bokhara), and Trimic (Tibet). The flag of its king is white, with a figure of the sun in the center (1102). Europe's first account of Tibet "The Kingdom of Trimic (Tibet) is all sur rounded by mountains, which give rise to many fountains and rivers. Those who are born here have very long lives. They are men of clear understandings and good memories, learned in the sciences and live according to the law. They say that the men who first heard of sci ence and learning were these, and that the Per sians heard of those things from them. For this reason they deserve honour above all other men ; for others do not equal these in learning or science." This is the earliest European account of the people of Tibet. "I departed from Magot, where I had re sided for sometime, and traveled with some companions, 25 days' journey to the westward, to the city of Bocarin (Bokhara), where the king always resides. Here I met with mer chants who came from Catayo and traveled with us, 35 days' journey, to another city, called Cato, the head of a kingdom with very exten sive territory (probably a region bordering on Siberia). But all the people live in the coun try, except the people of one city where the king lives. These two kingdoms have for a device a yellow flag with many white stars (1103). "We departed from the Kingdom of Cato and traveled a great distance without finding town nor city, yet the country was inhabited and with many flocks. We came to a moun tain which is a spur from the Montes Caspios and extends to the Sea of Sara (Caspian). This mountain is 125 days' journey long. "We crossed it by a very high pass and again traveled a long distance over a country with out cities or towns until we came to a great city called Norgancio (Khiva), in the Empire of Uxbeco (Shah Usbek, who reigned during the first half of the fourteenth century over a vast region stretching from the Dnieper to the Ural Mountains). The King of the Norgan cio has for his device a white flag with the sign of Uxbeco Emperor of Sara (on the Cas pian) red" (1104). Journeying westward by way of the Caspian Sea, which he crossed in a ship belonging to Christians, the friar visited Armenia. His re cital continues : "Then I went to see the mountains of Ar menia the Greater, where the ark of Noe 397 (Noah) arrived when it escaped the universal deluge. This mountain is of salt stone as white as crystal. Know that it is one of the highest mountains in the world. No man has been able to ascend it, though attempts have been made many times. These mountains are in the Empire of Persia. All round the country is inhabited by Armenian Christians, who are the guards of the emperor, and he places much trust in them. "I departed from Armenia and came to the great city of Toris (Tabriz), which is the capi tal of the Empire of the Persians. It is one of the grandest cities in the world, well supplied, rich, and in a good climate. Eor this reason the Persians are wise and very well versed in all the sciences. They have learned men with a profound knowledge of the stars. The Em peror of Persia has for his device a yellow flag with a red square in the middle (1105). "I went over a great part of Persia, going thence to the Kingdom of Saldania and its rich and noble city (Sultanieh?). Its king has for a device a yellow flag with a red square (sim ilar to Persia's — 1105). "I departed from Saldania and went with some merchants a long distance until I came to the city of Ayras (Shiraz), called by the Tartars Sarax, where the Empire of Persia ends. It is a well supplied city, rich and very ancient. They say that in this city was first discovered the astronomy or law of the stars, for this city is in the line of the center of Persia. The cities I have visited in Persia are Casar (Kazan), Serrans, Thesi, Spaor (Ispa han), Jorjaman (Georgia), Spalonero (Raze- lain), Saldania (Sultanieh), and Toris (Ta briz). "In this last town is where Besnacayt, the Emperor of Persia, was crowned. Flis empire extends from the Sea of Sara (Caspian) to the Persian Gulf, where is the city of Hor- mixio (Ormuz), and from the Mare Mayor (Black Sea) to Aquisio, also on the Persian Gulf. Its length is 125 days' journey and its width from the river Cur to the city of Siras (Sari?) 100 days' journey. Benascayt, Em peror of Persia, assembled a very great host and went to fight with Uxbeco, Emperor of Sara (the Caspian). "There arrived more than a million and a half of cavalry. Then Benascayt promised some Armenian monks, whom he consulted, that if he won the battle he would become a Christian. The Armenian Christians who came with him marched with a cross before them, and, God helping, he conquered. Uxbeco was defeated and his cavalry pillaged and their women captured. The conqueror advanced far into the enemy's country. "After this I left Persia with some mer chants who came from Catavo (China). Thence we traveled for a great distance with out coming to any city, for all the inhabitants lived in the country. "I came to a city called Tripul of Suria (Syria), which is on the shore of the Medi terranean (not the Tripoli of North Africa, previously mentioned). There I embarked in a ship of Christians and went to Chipre (Cy prus), thence to the Morea, and thence to Creta, Negropont (Eubcea), and a kingdom of Greeks which they call Salonica, bordering on Macedonia, where the great Alexander reigned. The King of Salonica has for his device a red flag with a yellow cross and four chain links (1106). GALLIPOLI IN AN EARLY CAMPAIGN "Thence I went to a city called Galipoli, which is on the shore of the gulf between the Mediterranean and the greater sea. By this way the French passed when they conquered Suria. Thence I went along the seacoast to a city they call Recrea (Heraclea), and thence to the city of Constantinople, a rich city, the cap ital of the empire, where they crown the kings. Here there is a church of God called Santa Sofia, which is very wide, lofty, and beautiful. "Before it there is a tower of stone which has not been ascended. On the summit of this tower there is placed a knight with his horse of metal. It is very large, and he has on his head an episcopal cap (probably a nimbus or crown). It is in honor of the Emperor Con stantine. His right hand is extended toward Turquia, which was formerly called Asia Minor, on the other side of this gulf of the sea. The Emperor of Constantinople has for his device a flag quarterly, first and fourth argent a cross gules, second and third gules a cross, or (gold) between four chain links or (1107 and 1108). "I left Constantinople and entered the Mare Mayor (Black Sea), proceeding along the coast on the left hand to a great city called Vecina (Vidin). Here nine rivers unite and fall into the Mare Mayor. These nine rivers make a great commotion before this city of Vecina, which is the capital of the kingdom. It has a white flag with four red squares (1109). . . . "I proceeded along the shores of the eastern side of the Mare Mayor (Black Sea) for a very long distance and arrived in the Kingdom of Sant Estropoli (Sebastopol), which is in habited by Comanes Christians. Here there are many people who have Jewish descent, but all perform the works of Christians in the sac rifices, more after the Greek than the Latin Church. The king has- for his flag — gules a"' hand argent (1110). "I left Sant Estropoli and went to Gorgania (Georgia), which is between the Mare Mayor (Black Sea) and the Mar de Sara (Caspian), a very extensive land of the Empire of Uxleto (Uzbeg). I then went along the shore to the city of Trapesonda (Trebizond), where I re mained for some time. This empire borders on Turquia, but the people are Greek Chris tians. The Emperor of Trapesonda has for his device a red flag with a golden two-headed eagle. "I departed from Trapesonda and arrived at the Kingdom of Semiso (Samsun), a large and populous territory bordering on Turquia and the Mare Mayor. The king has for his device a white flag with a sign like this (1112). "I came to Feradelfia (Philadelphia) and found a rich and well supplied city. It is in Turquia, anciently called Asia Minor. The' king has for his device a flag parted per pale, argent and azure and on a field argent a cross gules (1113). 398 I departed from the Kingdom of Feradelfia and went to another kingdom, called Stologo (Hypsili, in Asia Minor), which contains ex tensive territory near the sea. The king has for his device a red flag charged with a black wheel (1114). "I left Stologo, traveling by land with some merchants; went across all Turquia and came to the city of Sauasco (Siwas?). Leaving that place I crossed a river, traveled over Jorgania (Georgia) until I arrived at the Sea of Sara, at a city called Deruent (Derbent). I went along the shores of the Sea of Sara (Caspian). "I entered a great province called Roxia (Russia), in which there is a city called Xor- man(?), the capital of the kingdom (1115 and 1116). It is bounded by the great lake of Tanay, which is three days' journey in length and two broad (an imaginary body of water in which most medieval geographers believed). Three very great rivers flow from it. One of these, the Nu (Dwina), bounds a great prov ince called Siccia (Scythia), a very cold coun try. In this Siccia there is a great city, the capital of the kingdom, called Nogorado (Nov gorod). The king has for his device a red flag with a white castle (1117). "I came to Maxar, a kingdom in which there are threegreat cities — Casama (Kazan), Lasac (Lechel, in the province of Kazan), and Mons- caor (Moscow). This King of Maxar (Oren burg) has for his device a purple flag with white stars (11 18). "From Maxar I went to the Kingdom of Siluana, which they call Septen Castra, and the Greeks call it Horgiml (Transylvania). It is encircled by two great rivers — the Turbo (Dniester) and the Lusim (Dnieper). The king has for his device a green flag with a red scimitar (1119). The people are schismatic Christians. THE MIDNIGHT SUN "Ascending the river Tir (Dniester) toward the north, there are two very large provinces called Yrcania and Gotia (northern Russia), whence the Goths came forth who entered Spain. It is called the land of Nogulaus. The people are strong and warlike, but their coun try is very cold. This Gotia and Yrcania march with the lofty mountains of Trasmon- tana (mountains of Norway). "In these mountains the north star is" seen in the middle of the heavens, and throughout the year there is daylight for six months and night for six months. It is uninhabited, yet they say that men are met with whose heads come out of their shoulders, having no necks whatever. Their beards are on their breasts. and their ears reach to the shoulders. There are also found in this land very great bears and wild beasts, as I have already related. These two provinces of Yrcania and Gotia were peopled by the Godos, who came from the closed Tartaria, from the castle of Got and Magot (Gog and Magog), when they deliber ated on the siege of Alexandre and the con quest of the greater part of the world (device of Yrcania — 1120). "I went to Flanders, and from there to Se ville, the city from which I first started." Thus ends the recital of the Francis can's wanderings. PENNANTS OF PATRIOTISM 200 YEARS AGO (Nos. 1123-1197) PROBABLY John Beaumont, an English author who lived during the last half of the seventeenth cen tury, had never heard of the anonymous Franciscan friar who wrote his "Book of Knowledge" (see page 388) about the year 1350; and yet Beaumont has left to pos terity a work on nations and their flags which strangely parallels the book of the Spanish churchman, save that whereas the latter's volume is beautifully hand illumined with the colored coats-of-arms of the nations of earth in his day, the Englishman relies upon somewhat crude black and white copper plates, with the letters R (red), W (white), Y (yellow), etc., chiseled out to indicate the colors. The flags reproduced on page 371 of this issue of the Geographic have been prepared in colors, in large measure from the black and white drawings which Beaumont included in the third edition of his book, published by John Motte in London in the year 1701. The full title of the work is : "The Present State of the Universe, or an Account of the Rise, Birth, Names, Matches, Children, and near Allies of all the present Chief Princes of the World. Their Coats of Arms, Mottos, Devices, Liveries, Religions, and Languages. The Names of their Chief Towns, with some Computation of the Houses and Inhabit ants. Their Chief Seats of Pleasure, and other Remarkable things in their Do minions. Their Revenues, Power, and Strength. Their respective Styles and Titles, or Appellations. Also An Account of Common- Wealths, relating to the same Heads, The Third edition continu'd and enlarg'd, with the Effigies of all the Crown'd Heads of Europe ; as also the various Bearings of their several Ships at Sea." 399 There are three British ensigns — the white, blue, and red. To understand the use of the red, the white, and the blue ensign in the British navy, it is necessary to know the organization of the huge fleets of that day. In a fleet there were the center, the van, and the rear. The admiral of the fleet, with the union flag at the mainmast of his flagship, commanded the vessels of the "center," and they were re quired to display red ensigns (1123), referred to countless times in history as the famous "meteor flag of Old England" on account of its red field and the red cross of St. George. The vice-admiral of the white, with his white flag (1121) at the fore of his flagship, com manded the vessels of the van (fore), and they displayed the white ensign (1124). The rear- admiral of the blue, with his blue flag (1122) at the mizzen of his flagship, commanfed the vessels of the rear (mizzen), and they wore the blue ensign (1125). So that the ensigns indicated the squadrons, and the colors and the positions (main, fore, and mizzen) of the ad mirals' flags the ranks of the commanding admirals. This practice was of long standing, and of course came from the English navy, there being practically no Scottish navy. This is all made clear by examination of the ad mirals' flags, 1121 and 1122, and the ensigns 1123, 1124, and 1125 of the year 1705 (two years before the union of the crosses of St. George and St. Andrew). At the time of our Revolution the same flags of rank and the same ensigns were in use, but with the union flag of England and Scotland in their cantons. These ensigns continued to have this significance until 1864, when the red ensign disappeared from the place of honor in the British navy, the white ensign (834) be coming the exclusive ensign of the navy, the blue ensign (835) for public vessels (with a badge in its fly) and naval reserve vessels, and the red ensign (836) became the exclusive property of the merchant marine. The red flag of defiance (1126) has for cen turies been the symbol of revolution and of mutiny. Queen Elizabeth chartered the East India Company in 1600. Its flag (1129) has peculiar interest for America, as some historians de clare that it was the parent banner of our Stars and Stripes. Benjamin Franklin is re puted to have urged its adoption at a dinner which he and Washington attended on De cember 13, 1775, and at which he is said to have declared : "While the field of your flag must be new in the details of its design, it need not be entirely new in its elements. It is fortunate for us that there is already in use a flag with which the English Government is familiar, and which it has not only recognized but protected. I refer to the flag of the East India Company." The East India Company's banner at that time was slightly different, however, from the colors shown here (1120), for in 1707 the union between England and Scotland took place and the St. George's cross was combined with that of St. Andrew. The East India Company flag vanished from the seas in 1858, when the British Government took over its functions. The Guinea Company (also a chartered trad ing organization of England) carried its check ered red and white ensign (1130) up and down the West African coast for many years. In 1663 its vessels brought from Guinea the gold from which the first English "guineas" were coined. The Scottish ensign (1131) and Scottish Un ion flag (1132) recall an interesting bit of con troversy between the subjects of "South Britain and North Britain," as the English and Scotch were then designated. With the union of the two countries under James I, it became neces sary to devise a new flag. A royal ordinance of April 12, 1605, recites the following : "Whereas some difference hath arisen be tween our subjects of South and North Britain, traveling by seas, about the bearing of their flags, — for the avoiding of all such contentions hereafter, we have, with the advice of our council, ordered that from henceforth all our subjects of this isle and kingdom of Greater Britain, and the members thereof, shall bear in their maintop the Red Cross, commonly called St. George's Cross (1127), and the White Cross, commonly called St. Andrew's Cross (831), joined together, according to a form made by our heralds, and sent by us to our admiral to be published to our said subjects; and in their foretop our subjects of South Britain shall wear the Red Cross only, as they were wont, and our subjects of North Britain in their foretop the White Cross only, as they were accustomed" (see also 829). The Scottish Union flag (1132) carries the quarrel a step farther. The Scottish superim posed the white cross on the English red ; the English, on their side, superimposed the red cross on the white. The Irish ensign at the beginning of the eighteenth century (1133) bore the cross of St. George in the canton and a gold harp on a green 'field, thoroughly appropriate for the "Emerald Isle." Holland's five flags In his "Book of the Universe," Beaumont ascribes five flags to Holland at the dawn of the eighteenth century (1134, 1135, 1136, 1139, 1 140). Holland became an independent State in 1579, and in 1599 its flag was officially designated as orange, white, and blue, in three horizontal stripes, these being the colors of the great leader, William, Prince of Orange. In some manner never satisfactorily explained (see 377 and 775), the orange became red early in the seventeenth century, and it was under the tricolor (red, white, and blue) that the naval heroes Tromp and De Ruyter fought their many brilliant sea engagements with the English between 1652 and 1654. Concerning the city of Amsterdam (1137) two centuries ago, Beaumont furnishes the following unique description : "Amsterdam is the -most considerable city of all Holland; the houses are generally built of brick, and it's built on piles like Venice. As to what propor tion of bigness this city bears to London I have no exact account. Amsterdam for riches, trading, shipping, fair streets, and pleasant habitations scarce yields to any other city of the world. The whole town being in a low, 400 marshy ground, the water is let in through all the considerable streets, and it's all built upon piles, or high fir trees, driven down perpen dicularly so close together that nothing can be forced betwixt them." With the exception of Amsterdam, perhaps no other town in Holland had more right to a flag of its own than Flushing (1138), for it was in this seaport that the standard of liberty was first raised after the "Water Beggars" had taken Briel in 1572, the first overt act of the Dutch in their war against Spanish supremacy. Concerning Genoa, whose red flag (1141) was identical with that of the scarlet emblems of Venice and Spain, Beaumont gives this picturesque description at the close of the seventeenth century : "The State of Genoa is, like that of Venice, govern'd by a Doge or Duke, with this Ex ception, that the Office of the Duke of Genoa lasts but for three years, whereas the other is for life. He has for his Ordinary Guard five hundred Germans. Controversies between Citizens are adjudg'd by a Court called the Rota, consisting of Lawyers, not Natives of Genoa. They are under the Protection of the King of Spain (hence the identity of the Spanish and Genoese red flag). Genoa was under the Government of several Princes till the year 1528, when Andrew Doria established there the Form of Government observ'd to this day, which is Aristocratical. There is seen in the Town the statue of Andrew Doria, mounted on a Horse of Cast Copper, with this Inscrip tion on the pedestal, Liberator Populi." (It was after this liberator that the brig Andrew Doria, the first vessel to obtain a salute for the American flag, was named — see page 295.) Tradition says that Russia derived its blue, white, and red flag (1142) in the following manner : Peter the Great, while learning ship building in Plolland, adopted the Dutch ensign (1136), merely reversing the colors. But the Russians were not flattered by this, for it made them appear like "Dutchmen in distress" (the sign of distress being an inverted flag). Sub sequently the order was changed to white, blue, and red (the present Russian merchant flag — 800), but in 1701 the Czar of Muscovy (Peter) had only added the blue cross in the white stripe to distinguish his flag from the Dutch distress signal. ostend's brave banner Ostend, the last stronghold of the Dutch in South Netherlands against the Spaniards, well deserved the distinction of a fight standard (1144) as well as an ensign (1143). This little fishing village, of scarcely three thousand souls at the beginning of the seventeenth century, withstood one of the most remarkable sieges of history, the chroniclers of that time being amply justified in comparing it to the siege of Troy. It resisted the Spaniards for three years and seventy-seven days (July 5, 1601, to September 20, 1604), and it is computed that one hundred thousand lives and four million dollars were sacrificed in its reduction. All the engineering skill and resources of the age were employed. Targone, a famous Italian engineer, invented a great floating battery to close the harbor, and a fortress on wheels with a draw-bridge to span water gaps (forerunner of the twentieth century tank cars). The defenders used great bonfires and hoops of flaming pitch to light the battleground dur ing night attacks. Earthworks were mined and countermined. Red-hot shot were fired into the city. To prevent conflagrations, the garri son covered all the houses with sod. When there was no more earth suitable for the con struction of fortifications, the besieged turned to the graveyards, exhuming their heroic dead and using their bodies as ramparts for the living. When the town finally hauled down its flag it was with the honors of. war, granted by Spinola, the chivalrous Genoese commander of the Spanish forces, who gave a splendid ban quet to the republican officers in his pavilion. The Spanish flag (1145) is of special interest at this period of history, for it recalls the War of the Spanish Succession, which followed the death of Charles II, in 1700, the last of the Austrian (Hapsburg) dynasty to sit on the throne of Castile and Leon. Beaumont rec ords : "On the first of November, 1700 N. S. (New Style), died Charles II of Spain, after a long illness, or rather after a diseased life of almost 40 years. In his pretended last will, he is said to have left the Duke of Anjou, second son of the Dauphin of France, his heir and successor to all his dominions, who immediately took upon the title of Philip V, King of Spain, etc. "But the German Emperor is far from acknowledging him as such." . . . The coat-of-arms which Beaumont places on the Spanish banner (1145) is far from com plete, for the King of Spain at the beginning of the eighteenth century bore the insignia of Castile, of Leon, Aragon, Sicily, Granada, Portugal, Algarve, Austria, Ancient Burgundy and Modern Burgundy, Brabant, Flanders, and of Antwerp, capital city of the Holy Empire. Surrounding the large shield may ue seen the collar of the Order of the Golden Fleece. The King of Spain, as one of his minor titles. was known as the Lord of Biscay. The Bis cay ensign (1146) was a white cross "raguled' on a red field. The raguled cross in heraldry is described as "trunked" or having many cuts, resembling two ragged staffs in the shape of a cross. The Spanish Bourbons used it as their insignia; hence it appeared on the flag of Ostend (1143), a Spanish possession. The New England ensign (1147), with the pine tree in the first quarter of the St. (jeorge's cross, was the first distinctively American flag of the American colonies. It should be re membered that this is an ensign and was used by vessels only (see also 362-364, 379-390). The national flag of the colonies was that of the mother country, the union flag (361). The French galley standard (1148) was of red with numerous fleurs de lys in gold. In the center were the arms of France. Beau mont recites that "the arms of France in the days of Pharamond and his three successors were gules (red) three crowns or (gold). Clovis the Great altered them to azure (blue) 401 strewn with flower-de-luces or, and Charles VI, who came to the crown in 1380, reduced the lilies in his coat-of-arms to three." White became the national color of France during the Hundred Years War. Later the Huguenot party adopted the white flag, and when Henry III, himself a Protestant, came to the throne, in 1574, it became the royal en sign. In the following reign (Henry IV) it became the symbol of the French Bourbons. Thus the French ensign (1149), a simple white banner, came to be the basis of many of the French flags (see 11 50, 1151, 1157, 11 58, H59. 1160, and 1161). The ensign (1149) was the flag under which Cartier sailed on his voyage of exploration to Canada, and the emblem which floated from the flagship of Admiral De Grasse, whose victory off Yorktown was a most important factor contributing to the suc cess of the American Revolutionary War (see ,422). Joan of Arc bore a white flag with gold embellishments at the Battle of Orleans. The French cornet (1159) is distinctive only in its swallow-tail shape; in modern signaling it is usually called a burgee. The blue crosses in the banners of Province (Provence) (1150), of Bretagny (Brittany) (1151), and Normandy (1158), and the blue stripes of Picardy (1161) recall the fact that from earliest recorded times until the seat of French Government was removed to Paris (when. the red of that city's patron, St. Denis, was adopted) blue was a favorite color of the Franks. It was under the plain blue flag known as "Chape de St. Martin" that Clovis won his great victory over Alaric in 507, and Charlemagne bore it at Narbonne. This was supposed to be the original cloak which^ St. Martin, while stationed at Amiens, divided with a beggar; the following night he had a vision of Christ making known to his angels this act of charity (see also 743). Marseilles had a white ensign of its own, with a white cross on a blue square in the first quarter (1160). The Zealand colors (1152) are, naturally, those of Holland. On the white bar is the distinctive feature, the red lion of the Zealand (Zeeland) coat-of-arms. In the same manner the flag of Middleburgh (1156), the capital of Zeeland, had the colors of Holland, with its own gold tower in the white band. The Hanseatic League, the famous federa tion of North German towns which controlled the commerce of northern Europe during the Middle ages, had for its colors red and white, two of the three colors which survive in the flag of modern Germany (gg6). The chief city of the federation was Lubeck (1153). Ham burg, also an important city of the league, bore a red flag with a white tower (1154), while Bremen's emblem (1166) was a red and white chess-board. Rostock, not content with the league's red and white, added blue (1167), thereby giving her citizens the same occasion as the Russians for complaining that they ap peared like "Dutchmen in distress" (see note on the flag of the Tsar of Moscovy — 1142). Dantzick (Dantzic) employed the .league's red, but placed upon that field three gold crowns, arranged vertically (1165). The Munich flag (1164) had an unfortunate color combination, the yellow frequently fad ing out, leaving the banner a French white (1149). Lunenburgh (Luneburg) was one of the most important towns of the Hanseatic League. Its flag (1174) included the red field common to Hamburg and Dantzic, but with a ' winged Pegasus in gold as the distinctive feature. The flag of Heyligeland (Heligoland) (1155) is of especial interest at this time on account of the tremendously important role which the scraps of land (it was one island up to 1720, when a violent eruption of the sea severed a neck of sand and made two islets of it) are playing* in the present war as an impregnable naval and submarine base for Germany. Heli goland was a fief of the dukes of Schleswig- Holstein in 1705, but the free city of Hamburg frequently held it in pawn for loans advanced to the dukes. In 1807 England obtained it from Denmark, and 27 years ago made the great mistake of ceding it to Germany. The Swedish man-of-war ensign (1162) and Swedish merchant flag (1163) 200 years ago were virtually the same as today (826 and 827), with the exception that the blue in the modern standards is of a much lighter shade. The Genoa ensign (1168) is identical with the St. George's jack (1127). THE MALTESE CROSS Few flags of history can rival in romantic interest the red banner with its eight-pointed white cross (1169), emblem of the island of Malta. The eight points of this famous Mal tese cross are supposed to represent the eight Beatitudes. In their monasteries the Knights of Malta wore black habits with Maltese crosses over their hearts. In war their coat- of-arms was crimson with the white Maltese cross, like the flag. The flag of Jerusalem (1170) at the begin ning of the eighteenth century contained the same five crosses which the Franciscan monk pictured in 1350 (see 1067), save that the cen tral cross at the later period quartered the flag, and the "Croisettes," ,as they are called in French, occupied the four quarters. Tuhen (Thuin, Belgium) was one of several cities of the low countries whose device at the beginning of the eighteenth century was a white swan (1171). The Danish man-of-war (1172) and mer chant flags (1173) are the oldest national em blems now in use, their history dating back to the year 1219, when Waldemar is supposed to have seen a cross in the sky while leading his troops against the Livonian pagans. The flag is known as the Dannebrog (Strength of Den mark). On the time-stained walls of the medi eval church on the island of Heligoland there is still to be seen a painted Dannebrog. The city and district of Surat, the green flag of whose Grand Mogul (1175) was distin guished by two gold scimitars, was the site of the first factory (trading post) established by England in India, a seed which has developed into a great Eastern Empire. Bengal's Grand Mogul bore a white flag with a red scimitar (1176) two centuries ago. It 402 was at this time that the East India Company purchased from the great grandson of Shah Jahan (builder of the Taj Mahal) the group of Bengal villages which grew into the city of Calcutta. Now an unimportant fishers' town, Enchysen (Enkhuizen) once well deserved the right to have a flag of its own (1177). Long ago it harbored the fleets of Charles V and Philip II of Spain, when their word was law in all the low countries. Its banner preserved the yellow and red of Aragon. The flag of Legorne (Leghorn) (1178) con tains the five red roundels (little circles) pe culiar to the arms of the Great Duke of Tus cany, who derived a large share of his reve nues from this seaport. The winged lion of St. Mark (1179) is as familiar to students -of flags as the eagles of the Roman Empire and the dragon of St. George in British heraldry. It is placed on the Venetian red flag (1141) in honor of the patron saint of the republic. St. Mark, while on a missionary journey to Italy, according to a very ancient legend, was stranded on the Rialto when it was still an uninhabited island. Here the future greatness of Venice was re vealed to him in a vision. The lion was the commonly accepted symbol of the saint in all early Christian art. The Pope's colours (1180) include the red field (red being the color of the livery of the Holy Father also) with the white cross of Cal vary and the white lamb, the significance of which are apparent. THE BANNER OF SAVOY The white cross on the red field, device of the House of Savoy (1181), has played an im portant role in the history of Europe. Beau mont gives this account of its adoption by the dukes of Savoy : "This coat was given to Amadeus the Great by the Knights of Rhodes in 1315, with these letters in lieu of a motto, ¦F. E. R. T.'— that is, 'Fortitude Ejus Rhodum Tenuit' (His valor has saved Rhodes). The occasion was that Amadeus V, surnamed the Great, forced Mahomet II, Emperor of the Turks, to raise his siege at that time from before the city of Rhodes. The said cross is the cross of St. John of Jerusalem, whose knights at that time were owners of Rhodes." The Portugal man-of-war (1182) and mer chant flags (1183 and 1184) bore the same dis tinguishing features — five shields with the five circles representing the five wounds of Christ, the castles surrounding the inner shields and the armillary sphere, reminiscent of that na tion's maritime prowess in the sixteenth cen tury, 200 years ago, as they do now (see mod ern flags 791, 792, and 793). The broad, deeply notched border, differing in color from the field of the flag, is one of the peculiar characteristics of many Chinese banners (see 1185 and 1 186). Tunquin (Tong- king or Tonquin) was a place of great interest to geographers 200 years ago. It was de scribed as containing 20,000 cities and towns, "and many more there would be, but that many of the people choose to live on the water than on the land; so that the greatest part of their rivers are covered with boats which serve them instead of houses." Silks, according to the eighteenth century report, were worn in Ton quin by rich and poor alike. Anchonia's (Ancona) red and white stripes (1187) indicate its reliance upon the Pope. The province, with its capital of the same name boasting the finest harbor on the south west coast of the Adriatic, was a semi-inde pendent republic during the Middle Ages. Camphen (Kampen) was one of the impor tant members of the Hanseatic League. Its ensign (1188) was the simple red field seen in the Hamburg, Luneburg, and Dantzic flags, but without any coat-of-arms or symbol such as distinguished the devices of its sister cities. Today Kampen is a thriving little town in Hol land, with a population of about 20,000. Its days of glory were in the fifteenth century. Its red field charged with a golden crescent, the flag of Tunis (1189) was for centuries one of the most important banners of the Moham medan world. Tunis rose in importance as Carthage declined. It is still the largest city in North Africa, outside of Egypt. It began to blossom following the Arab conquest, and became the chief port for pilgrims from Spain on their way to the sacred city of Kairowan. Between 1350 and 1705 the flag of Tripoly (Tripoli) underwent a complete change. At the beginning of the eighteenth century its banner of white and green bands (1190) was floating over the marine nest of the notorious Tripolitan pirates, the scourge and terror of the Mediterranean. A century later America was to fight its first foreign war against these sea robbers. Algier (Algiers) (1191 and 1192) was also a haunt of Barbary pirates during the six teenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries. The outlaws of this port were not suppressed completely until 1830, when on the 4th of July of that year a French army under General de Bourmont effected the city's capture. In the very year that Columbus discovered America a band of Andalusian Moors built the walls of the town of Tituan (Tetuan) (1193), the only open port of Morocco on the Medi terranean Sea. Sallee (Salli), whose red flag (ng4) is almost identical with that of Tetuan, was once the haunt of the Salli Rovers. It also had another flag of unique design (ngs). The flag of Moco Araba (Mocha, Arabia) (ng6) was of great importance two centuries ago, for at that time Mocha was one of the greatest coffee ports of the world. The Christian crosses which adorned Con stantinople's flags (1107 and 1 108) at the time of the visit of the Franciscan friar in 1350 were long since replaced by the crescent of the Mohammedan Turk, as shown in the flag of 1705 (1197). 403 THE CORRECT DISPLAY OF THE STARS AND STRIPES WHILE there is no federal law in force pertaining to the man ner of displaying, hanging, or saluting the United States flag, or pre scribing any ceremonies that should be observed, there are many regulations and usages of national force bearing on the subject. In raising the flag it should never be rolled up and hoisted to the top of the staff before unfurling. Instead, the fly should be free during the act of hoist ing, which should be done quickly. It should be taken in slowly and with dig nity. It should not be allowed to touch the ground on shore, or the deck of a ship, nor should it be permitted to trail in the water or in the dust. It should not be hung where it can be contami nated or soiled easily, or draped over chairs or benches for seating purposes, and no object or emblem of any kind should be placed upon it or above it. A common but regrettable practice at public meetings is to drape the flag like a tablecloth over the speaker's table and then to place on the flag a pitcher of ice water, flowers, books, etc. Another equally careless practice, and, unfortu nately, quite common, is to tie small United States flags to the bottom of a stage curtain ; when the curtain is raised the flags are lifted aloft and are effect ively displayed, but when the curtain is lowered, so that the stage scenes may be shifted, the flags trail in the dust of the stage floor. The flag should not be festooned over doorways or arches. Always let the flag hang straight. Do not tie it in a bow knot. Where colors are desired for dec orative purposes, use red, white, and blue bunting. The flag should not be hoisted upside down, other than as a signal of distress at sea, when it may, if necessary to ac centuate the distress and make it easily recognized at a distance, be knotted in the middle of its length, forming what is called a "weft." International usage forbids the display of the flag of one nation above that of any other with which it is at peace. Such an act is considered an insult in times of peace, and is always followed by a de mand for an explanation and apology. When the flags of two or more nations are displayed, they should be on separate staffs, or on separate halyards of equal size and on the same level. The flag should never be raised or low ered by any mechanical appliance. When the national colors are passing on parade, or in review, the spectator should, if walking, halt, and if sitting, arise and stand at attention and uncover. When flags are used in unveiling a statue or monument they should not be allowed to fall to the ground, but should be carried aloft to wave out, forming a distinctive feature during- the remainder of the ceremony. Where the national flag is displayed with State or other flags, it should be given the place of honor on the right. Its use should be confined as much as possible to its display upon the staff. Where used as a banner, the union should fly to the north in streets running east and west, and to the east in streets running north and south. Old, faded, or worn-out flags should not be used for banners or other second ary purposes. When no longer fit for display, the flag should be destroyed privately, preferably by burning or other methods lacking the suggestion of irreverence or disrespect. Over only three buildings in America does the national flag fly officially night and day continuously — over the east and west fronts of the National Capitol and over the adjacent House of Repre sentatives and Senate Office Buildings. The two emblems over; the Capitol (storm-flag size) are replaced every six weeks, the wear and tear, due to wind and rain, being excessive. Over the Senate and House of Repre sentative wings of the Capitol the flags 404 Photograph by U. S. Navy Department SENDING AND RECEIVING SEMAPHORE MESSAGES ON THE SIGNAL BRIDGE Bluejackets are never graduated in the "two R's" of warship education — "readin' and 'ritin' " with flags. The radio and the wireless telephone have accomplished marvels in facili tating communication between the units of a fleet, but the semaphore and the wigwag flag still have their place in the service. fly only while those bodies are in session and during a recess. At adjournment, either at the end of a day's work or for a session, they are lowered. When the Stars and Stripes float from the flagstaff of the White House, from sunrise to sunset, it is indicative of the presence in Washington of the President. An act of Congress passed in 1905 provides that a trade-mark cannot be reg istered which consists of or comprises "the flag, the coat-of-arms, or other in signia of the United States, or any simu lation thereof." An act passed in 1917 provides penalties for the desecration, mutilation, or improper use of the flag within the District of Columbia. The Department of Justice has held that any alien enemy tearing down, mutilating, a.busing, or desecrating the United States flag will be regarded as a danger to the public peace or safety within the mean ing of the President's proclamation of April 6, 1917, and will be subject to sum mary arrest and punishment. At every military post or station it is the practice in the army, each day in the year, to hoist the flag briskly at sun rise, irrespective of the condition of the weather, and to lower it slowly and cere moniously at sunset, indicating the com mencement and cessation of the activities of the day. While the flag is being low ered the band plays the national anthem, which for the army and navy is the "Star Spangled Banner." If there is no band present the field music sounds "To the colors." Officers and enlisted men out of rank face toward the flag, stand at atten tion, and salute. (For a description of army flags see page 307 and onward.) A military force is said to be accorded "the honors of war" when, after a spe cially honorable defense, it has surren dered its post, and is permitted by the terms of capitulation to march out with 405 Photograph by Brown Brothers INSURING ACCURACY IN A FACTORY WHERE GOVERNMENT FLAGS ARE MADE The United States Government uses thousands of flags annuallyvnot only the Stars and Stripes and thevarious flags and' pennants of its own army and navy officers and civilian officials, but the flags of other countries, as well. Every warship of our navy carries 43 foreign flags, for ceremonial purposes. The flag-maker in a government ensign factory must test all buntings. Sample lofs are soaked and washed with soap in fresh water one day and the next in salt water. They are then exposed to weather for ten days, 30 hours of which must be sunlight. The colors must not fade or "run." The material is also tested for its strength. The flag shown above is the Portugal ensign (791). colors flying, bands playing, and bayonets fixed. It retains possession of the field artillery, horses, arms, and baggage. The French, Russian, and other governments require that in every case the commander of the place must not surrender until he has destroyed all flags ; but this must be done before signing the capitulation. General Stoessel destroyed all Russian flags at Port Arthur. The Hague rules of land warfare for bid the improper use of the flag of truce, of a national flag, or of the military in signia and uniform of the enemy, as well as the distinctive badges of the Geneva Convention. In practice it has been au thorized to make use of the enemy's flag and uniform as a ruse, but not during a combat. Before opening fire these must be discarded. Whether the enemy's flag can be displayed and his uniform worn to effect an advance or to withdraw is not settled. . NAVY CEREMONIES OE RAISING AND LOWERING THE COLORS Shore stations under the jurisdiction of the Navy Department display the na tional ensign from eight o'clock in the morning to sunset. The same is true of ships at anchor. Ships coming to anchor or getting under way before or after the regular hours hoist their colors if there be sufficient light for them to be seen. Unless there are good reasons to the con trary, ships display their colors when fall ing in with other men-of-war or when near land, particularly when passing or approaching forts, lighthouses, or towns. The ceremonies aboard a ship in com mission when the ensign is raised and lowered are most impressive. At morn- 406 Photograph by Brown Brothers CUTTING FLAG STARS BY MACHINERY Five-pointed stars are used exclusively on our national flags today, but in the early days of the Republic the six-pointed star frequently appeared. Until 1842 the stars of the Great Seal of the United States were six-pointed, and they are still to be found on the "Liberty" side of many of our silver coins. ihg "colors," the band plays the national anthem, at the beginning of which the ensign is started up and hoisted smartly to the peak. All officers then face the ensign and salute, and the guard of the day and the sentries come to present. If there be no band, the field music sounds "to the colors." If the ship happens to be in a foreign port the national anthem of that country is played following the raising of the ensign. Then follow the national anthems of the ships of war present, in the order of rank. At sunset "colors" the ensign is started from the peak at the beginning of the national anthem and is lowered slowly and with dignity. All officers and en listed men face toward the colors. If in uniform, covered or uncovered, or in civilian clothes, uncovered, they salute at the first note of the anthem, retaining the position of salute until the last note of the anthem. If not in uniform and cov ered, they uncover at the first note of the anthem, holding the headdress oppo site the left shoulder, and remain in that position until the last note of the anthem, except in inclement weather, when the .407 Photograph by Paul Thompson THE LIVING EMBLEM OF OUR NATIONAL UNION On many occasions and in many places throughout the United States the effective climax of a civic pageant is the formation of a mammoth living flag by school children wearing the red, white, and blue. The great emblem of liberty shown above was formed by the school children of Salt Lake City. headdress may be slightly raised. The same marks of respect are shown to the national anthems of other countries. At "colors," pulling boats passing near a man-of-war, of any nationality, lie on their oars, and steamers stop their en gines, the coxswains saluting and mem bers of the crew outside the canopy stand ing facing the colors and saluting. THE USAGES IN FLAG SALUTES On board ships of the navy it is cus tomary for officers and men whenever reaching the quarter-deck, from aboard boat, from a gangway, or from the shore, to salute the national ensign. They stop at the top of the gangway, or upon arriv ing at the quarter-deck, face the colors and salute. On leaving the quarter-deck the same salute is given. This is distinct from the salute to the officer of the deck. When warships enter a port where there is a fort or battery displaying the national flagt or a commissioned ship of war, they display at the main the flag of the country in whose waters they are, 408 Photograph by Paul Thompson SCHOOL CHILDREN OF NEW YORK OBSERVING AMERICANIZATION DAY IN CITY HALL PARK In this wonderful assemblage, truly representative of patriotic Young America, there are, perhaps, children whose forebears have come to our shores from all of the nations of the earth ; and it is these children of alien races who are uniting and cementing a heterogeneous people into an indivisible and invincible force which, under the Stars and Stripes, is today battling for the liberty of the world. and salute it with a national salute of twenty-one guns. The ships of the United States Navy do not salute forts and cities of the United States, and do not fire salutes in honor of. any nation, or of any official of any nation, not form ally recognized by this country. It is customary to fire salutes only between 8 a. m. and sunset. They are never fired between sunset and sunrise. During the present war salutes have been dispensed with as between allied countries. The United States today requires that no ship of the navy shall lower her sails or dip her ensign unless in return for such compliment. A dip is made by quickly lowering the ensign and without pause quickly returning it to the peak. A flag or an ensign at half-mast is the universal sign of mourning. Before be- 409 4io u ntry has ; United Hies has t, in the national placed 4 < of this cou h which tin Entente A mallet, bu for every :r and are z J1 Ctt s o ^.•p «j -a -a i! c? >-g p «• <" ¦+H .sS,S.-iig..2 a -^ O „v1 (UT) eel T3 -" »-i bao -£i.o*s<°-s o 5 efore in uropean ous miss ve tools eemblen one yard 12.) Ch < % h* w W CJ 25 facturing. -Never H heflags 'of all the E America of the vari mployed the primiti s to cut the 48 Stat ize. The starsare our flag see page 3 p -*-1 cu eu en e+n < < C -U P P O lag ma ers, bu rrival i •maker machi feetin rtions in w PS 0 J-1 ceJTd J "* « al Ameri Spangled world. ormerly e motor- id is 50 rcorrect o is 1 ,-r i-r h-i % ustri Star the s. F w us ds ai (Fo > H ^~> p tu O c Ph !=> 0 0 B ^ **¦* Q -^ OJ P H C <-> :>, 3p25 brid ags— autoc oreig: ag fa eighs 28 b; S-Ejp*"^ £.2 25 = eS'P 05 OS W > O the genuine nal demand order to ba .n dforflags s demands, ove illustrati Id of the uni o SURGEON ASSISTANT PROF. HYG QUARANTINE SUKGEON LABORATORY INSPECTOR II I CHAPLAIN INTERNE PHARMACIST PHARMACIST (3d CLASS) (2d CLASS) SLEEVE MARKS ON OVERCOATS STATION ENGINEER PILOT MARINE ENC1NEER FIRST COOK EMPLOYES' SLEEVE MARKS (Maroon Silk) SURGICAL NURSE c r ft x * » COOK CARPENTER COACHMAN YARDMAN MESSENGER LAUNDRYMAN NICHT SHIPKEEPER BOATSWAIN COXSWAIN SPECIALTY MARKS (Maroon Silk J WATCH SPECIALTY MARKS iMoroon Silk) UNITED STATES PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE THE CENEVA CROSS SHOULDER LOOP + SLEEVE MARKS MAJOR GENERAL . . 2 STARS COLONEL . . 5 BARS BLUE CLOTH BRIGADIER GENERAL I STAR LT. COLONEL .4 CAP DEVICE MAJOR . . . 3 " AMER1CAN.RED CROSS gfeuf. : f bar ¦¦ •¦ WORN IN AMERICA WORN ABROAD SLEEVE INSICNIA Y. M. C A. SECRETARIES COLLAR SLEEVE KNICHTS OF. COLUMBUS SECRETARIES Photograph by May L,, Smith MAKERS OF THE FLAG Then conquer we must, when our cause it is just, And this be our motto : "In God is our trust." And the Star Spangled Banner in triumph shall wave O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave. 420